Skip to main content

Full text of "How to use the forceps; With an introductory account of the female pelvis and of the mechanism of delivery"

See other formats


8.  F,  McLfAM,  BOOKSPLLff, 
•46  60.  BROADWAY,  LOS  ANOfLtfjt 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2013 


http://archive.org/details/howtouseforcepswOOIand_0 


THE    PELVIC    INLET. 


(From  a  Pliotograph.J 


How  TO  Use  the  Forceps. 


WITH    AN 


INTRODUCTORY  ACCOUNT 


OF   THE 


FEMALE    PELVIS 


AND    or    THE 


Mechanism  of  Delivery. 


y 


BY 


HENRY  G.   LANDIS,   A.M.,  M.D., 

PROFESSOR    OP    OBSTETRICS    AND    DISEASES    OP    WOMEN    AND    CHILDREN 
IN    STARLING    MEDICAL    COLLEGE. 


ILL  USTRA  TED. 


NEW  YORK : 

E.  B.  TREAT,  PUBLISHER,  5  COOPER  UNION. 
For  Sale  by  Medical  Booksellers. 

1889. 

[copyright,  1880.] 


TO 


A    MASTER    OF    THE    OBSTETRIC    ART 


AND 


AN    ESTEEMED    FRIEND, 


^llW00tt  mtiXson,   pC.p., 


THESE    PAGES    ARE 


RESPECTFULLY   INSCRIBED. 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 

Introduction, 11 

PART  I. — The  Mechaxism  of  Labor. 

Section  1.   Th^ftnatomy  of  the  Pelvis,  .        .        .        .15 

Section  2.  The  Propelling  Forces,      ....  34 
Section  3.   The  Body  to  be  Propelled,      .        .        .        .39 

Section  4.   The  Mechanism  of  Delivery,      ...  45 

I.  The  Vertex.     1.   In  the  First  Position,        .        .  46 

2.  In  the  Second  Position,        .  65 

3.  In  the  Third  Position,       .         .  66 

a.  First  Mechanism,          .  67 

b.  Second  Mechanism,           .  72 

c.  Third  Mechanism,        .  73 

d.  Fourth  Mechanism,  .         .  76 

4.  In  the  Fourth  Position,        .  78 

II.  The  Face.       1.   In  the  First  Position,        .        .  81 

2.  In  the  Second  Position,        .  85 

3.  In  the  Third  Position,       .         .  85 

4.  In  the  Fourth  Position,        .  87 

PART  IL— The  Forceps. 

Introductory 91 

1.  The  Blades, 94 

a.  Head  Curve, 95 

b.  Pelvic  Curve, 97 

2.  The  Handles, 99 

3.  The  Lock, 100 


8  CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

The  Application  of  the  Forceps,       .       .        .        .103 

I.  At  the  Inlet, 104 

II.  At  the  Outlet,       ...*...  117 

III.  On  the  After-coming  Head,     ....       118 

IV.  General  Remarks, 119      U 

Traction, 121 

Compression, 134 

Leverage, 135 

a.   Flexion, ^^.        .        .  140 

h.    Rotation, '      .        .142 

When  to  Use  the  Forceps,  .        .        .        .        .        ,  146 

I.  During  the  Second  Stage,        ....  147 

II.   During  the  First  Stage, 160    ^ 

III.  For  certain  Accidents  of  Labor,      .        ,        .  164 

IV.  For  Secondary  Purposes, 165 


V 


PREFACE. 


The  views  herein  set  forth  of  the  Anatomy  of 
the  Pelvis  were  imperfectly  outlined  in  an  article 
published  in  The  Ainerican  Journal  of  the  Medical 
Sciences  for  April,  1876.  Further  study  and  expe- 
rience in  teaching  have  led  to  their  expansion  into 
what  is  now,  I  trust,  a  more  exact  and  intelligible 
statement.  The  practical  deductions  which  arise 
from  them  are  given  with  as  much  conciseness  as 
possible. 

It  has  not  been  thought  necessary  to  present  an 
array  of  authorities  and  opinions  of  others  as  to 
the  manner  of  using  the  Forcejis  when  the  stand- 
point of  observation  was  obviously  different.  With 
this  disclaimer  of  improperly  ignoring  the  labors  of 
others  in  this  field,  these  pages  are  submitted  to 
the  profession  for  ^  the  test  of  an  enlarged  experience. 

H.    G.    LANDIS. 

Columbus,  0.,  Sept.,  1880. 


*t 


* 


INTRODUCTION. 


The  right  use  of  the  obstetrical  forceps  demands 
a  thorough  knowledge  of  four  things  :  First,  of  the 
instrument  itself,  its  form,  design,  and  capabilities  ; 
second,  of  the  place  into  which  it  is  to  be  intro- 
duced, viz.,  the  maternal  passages,  their  form,  direc- 
tion, and  mutual  relations  ;  third,  of  the  body  upon 
w^hich  they  are  to  be  applied,  viz.,  the  child's  head, 
its  form,  consistence,  and  tolerance  of  manipulation  ; 
fourth,  of  the  normal  mechanism  of  labor,  or  the 
manner  in  which  the  child  should  be  delivered  by 
the  natural  powers — for  the  forceps  are  not  a  foreign 
and  unnatural  resort,  like  the  Csesarean  section,  but 
are  intended  to  assist,  supplement,  and  conform  to 
the  course  naturally  observed  in  labor.  The  great 
diversity  in  the  shape  and  design  of  forceps  now  in 
use,  and  the  vague  and  conflicting  opinions  as  to  the 
manner  of  their  employment  are  a  sufficient  evidence 
that  an  exact  and  scientific  basis  has  not  yet  been 
reached  or,  if  known  at  all,  that  it  has  not  been  well 
and  generally  understood.  A  study  of  the  mechan- 
ism of  labor  de  novo,  will  be,  then,  the  first  requisite 
for  a  proper  understanding  of  any  artificial  aid  in- 
tended to  assist  or  replace  that  mechanism.  I  shall 
take  for  granted  a  preliminary  acquaintance  with  the 
superficial  anatomy  of  the  pelvic  bones. 


PART    I. 


The  Mechanism  of  Labor. 


SECTION  I. 

THE    AXATOMY    OF   THE    PELVIS. 

The  mechanism  of  labor  is  concerned  with  three 
things.  1.  A  body  to  be  propelled.  2.  A  tube  or 
channel  through  which  it  is  propelled.  3.  The  for- 
ces which  accomplish  and  regulate  the  propulsion. 

The  first  is  the  child,  and  chiefly  the  child's  head, 
which  alone  offers  much  resistance.  The  second  is 
contained  mainly  in  the  pelvis.  The  third  is  mainly 
of  muscular  origin.  The  relations  which  these  sev- 
eral factors  bear  to  each  other,  and  especially  those 
subsisting  between  the  first  and  second,  constitute 
the  most  important  part  of  the  study  of  this  mechan- 
ism. Neither  of  these  can  be  profitably  studied  apart 
from  the  other  except  in  so  far  as  they  may  present 
conditions  alien  to  the  mere  fact  of  delivery.  As  a 
starting-point  we  may  take  the  most  permanent  fac- 
tor, the  pelvis. 

The  female  pelvis  has  three  uses  : 

I.  It  serves  to  contain  and  protect  certain  vessels 
and  viscera. 

II.  Being  placed  at  the  end  of  the  vertebral  col- 
umn it  is  designed  to  support  the  weight  of  the  body, 


16  HOW   TO    USE   THE    FOKCEPS. 

transmitting  it  to  the  femora  in  the  erect  position 
and  to  the  ischiatic  tuberosities  in  the  sitting  posture. 
III.  It  is  modified  to  allow  and  direct  the  passage 
of  the  child  through  it  during  labor,  and  is  the  prin- 
cipal constituent  of  the  parturient  canal.  The  first 
use  is  obvious,  and  is  not  relevant  in  this  connec- 
tion. The  second  is  not  entirely  relevant,  and  may 
be  dismissed  with  this  brief  formulation,  which  the 
practically  minded  reader  may  omit. 

1.  The  pelvis  is  made  up,  first,  of  two  beams,  the 
sacro-iliac,  extending  laterally  from  the  base  of  the 
vertebral  column  to  the  acetabulum  of  either  side 
and  thus  distributing  the  weight  of  the  body  to  the 

'  femora  in  the  erect  posture. 

2.  These  lateral  beams  are  continuous  with'  a 
third  beam,  the  piilic,  placed  transversely,  and  in 
front,  which  regulates  the  interval  between  them. 

3.  These  three  beams  in  the  adult  female  are 
arched  outwardly  to  provide  room  for  the  parturient 
act,  and  are  so  situated  as  to  form  a  complete  bony 
rim  at  the  beginning  of  the  pelvis. 

4.  From  the  under  side  of  this  rim  two  other 
arched  beams  spring,  the  ilio-sciatic,  one  on  each 
side  and  posteriorly,  which  end  in  the  ischial  tuber- 
osities, to  which  they  transmit  the  weight  of  the  body 
in  the  sitting  posture. 

5.  A  sixth  arched  beam,  the  siil-puhic,  is  placed 
under  the  bony  lim  in  front,  which  also  has  its  ex- 
tremities in  the  ischial  tuberosity  of  either  side. 


THE   ANATOMY   OF   THE    PELVIS.  17 

6.  The  upper  bony  rim  is  amplified  into  a  tube  by 
the  presence  of  these  secondary  arched  beams  on  the 
front  and  sides,  and  by  the  extension  of  the  sacrum 
and  coccyx  behind. 

Thus  we  see  that  the  pelvic  tube  is  not  entirely 
designed  as  a  parturient  canal,  but  that  a  structure 
having  other  uses  has  been  modified  for  this  second- 
ary purpose.  The  extent  of  the  modification  can  be 
seen  by  comparing  the  male  and  infantile  pelves  with 


Fig.  1.— Outlined  from  Hodge. 

that  of  the  adult  female,  the  beams  of  the  former  be- 
ing nearly  straight,  while  those  of  the  female  are 
greatly  arched.  And  if  it  is  modified  for  the  sake  of 
the  child,  we  may  expect  to  find  a  correspondence 
between  the  shape  of  the  pelvis  and  the  shape  of  the 
child.  Before  making  the  comparison,  we  will  no- 
tice that  the  wings  of  the  ilium  and  sacrum  are  con- 
cerned only  with  the  first  and  second  uses  of  the 
pelvis,  being  buttresses  of  the  arched  beams  and 
guards  of  the  viscera  against  external  violence.     The 


18 


HOW   TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 


Fig.  2. 


obstetrical  relations  of  the  pelvis  begin  with  the  bony 
rim  before  mentioned.      We  may  therefore   remove 

these  wings  as  a 
preliminary  to  our 
study.  When  the 
sacral  and  iliac 
wings,  or  ^' false  pel- 
vis," are  removed, 
the  pelvis  presents 
the  appearance 
shown  in  Fig.  1, 
when  viewed  from  in  front.  If  we  then  make  a 
perpendicular  section  through  the  acetabula  we  shall 
find  that  the  pelvic  tube  has  an  outline  similar  to 
that  shown  in  the  diagram  Fig.  2.  It  is  therefore 
wider  above  than  below,  which  is  the  first  important 
fact  to  remember. 
This  does  not  give 
us  a  complete  idea  of 
the  tube,  for  the  sac- 
rum which  forms  its 
posterior  wall  is 
markedly  curved. 
We  must  therefore 
make  another  per- 
pendicular section  at 
right  angles  to  the 
former  one,  which  will  give  us  such  an  outline  as  is 
shown  in  Fig.  3.     By  combining  these  mentally,  for 


Fig.  3. 


THE   ANATOMY   OF   THE    PELVIS.  19 

obviously  no  pictorial  representation  can  show  tliem 
at  once,  we  will  begin  to  have  an  approximate 
idea  of  the  shape  of  the  pelvic  tube.  But  we 
would,  if  we  stopped  here,  have  an  idea  that  it 
resembled  a  funnel  bent  upon  itself,  and  would 
fail  to  have  any  explanation  why  the  child  in  labor 
does  not  at  once  drop  to  the  bottom,  since  the 
top  of  the  funnel  is  so  much  more  cajDacious  than 
the  lower  end.     From  these  two  sections  we  learn 


coccyx 


Fig.  4.— The  Pelvic  Inlet.  Fig.  5.— The  Pelvic  Outlet. 

only  the  direction  of  the  tube  ;  its  calibre  must  be 
determined  by  looking  into  and  through  it.  Its  be- 
ginning or  inlet  is  found  to  have  the  shape  indi- 
cated in  Fig.  4  ;  its  outlet,  that  shown  in  Fig.  5,  a 
remarkable  difference.  These  four  figures  (2,  3,  4, 
5)  show  the  pelvis  from  in  front,  from  the  side,  the 
inlet  and  outlet,  and  must  be  held  in  mind  while  we 
seek  for  a  something  to  harmonize  and  explain  them. 
Beginning  with  the  inlet,  we  find  thai  its  shape 
is  often  spoken  of  as  an  irregular  oval,  but  when 


20  HOW   TO   USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

we  analyze  it  we  will  find  that  it  is  beautifully 
regular  in  outline.  The  explanation  of  its  shape 
must  be  sought,  as  said  before,  in  the  child,  for 
which  the  j)elyis  has  been  modified.  Clinical  expe- 
rience teaches  us  that  the  child's  head  is  the  part 
which  offers  the  most  resistance  in  delivery.  Its 
great  relative  size  and  firm  organization  make  it  the 
most  difficult  part  to  be  expelled.  Also,  it  is  usually 
in  advance,  and  after  its  passage  through  the  pelvis 
the  re^t  of  the  body  can  readily  follow.  Next  to  the 
head  the  shoulders  offer  the  largest  outline.  Only 
under  exceptional  and  abnormal  circumstances  do 
any  other  parts  of  the  child  present  any  difficulty  in 
passing  through  the  joelvis.  The  natural  manner  for 
the  child  to  enter  the  pelvis  in  labor,  is  with  the  top 
of  the  head  in  advance. 

The  middle  circumference  of  the  head  is  there- 
fore applied  to  the  brim  or  inlet  at  the  beginning  of 

labor.  If  a  plane  section  be  made 
through  the  middle  of  the  head 
horizontally  and  at  the  level  of 
the  parietal  eminences,  it  will  be 
bounded  by  such  an  outline  as  is 
shown  in  Fig.  6,  which  is  for  all 
practical  purposes  an  ellipse.  As 
a  matter   of  fact,  if  the  head   is 

Fig.  6.— OuTLmB  op 

Foetal  Head.  partially  flcxcd  upou  the  brcast,  a 
horizontal  section  made  at  the  same  level  will  be 
entirely  elliptical.     If  we  apply  an  ellipse  cut  out  of 


THE   AX  ATOMY   OF   THE    PELVIS.  21 

card-board  and  having  such  an  outline,  to  the  inlet 

of  the  pelvis  we  will  find  that  it  completely  coincides 

on  one  side,  and  if  reversed,  to  the  opposite  side,  the 

two  outlines  intersecting  one  another.    This  is  shown 

in    Fig.    7,    where    the 

dotted  line  A  B  finishes 

the  elliptical  outline  on 

one   side   and   the   line 

A  0  upon  the  other  side. 

The  same  ellipse  applied 

to    the    outlet   entirely 

corresponds  to  it,  though 

the  outward  flaring  of  the  ischial  tuberosities  makes 

this  a  little  wider. 

We  may  then  say,  tentatively,  that  the  outline  of 
the  inlet  is  compounded  of  two  partially  superim- 
posed ellipses  similar  to  the  outline  of  the  foetal  head 
— while  the  outlet  represents  but  one  such  outline. 
The  shoulders  will  throw  more  light  upon  the  sub- 
ject. They  also  have  upon  transverse  section  an  el- 
liptical outline  almost  identical  with  that  of  the  head. 
But  the  long  diameter  of  the  shoulders,  z.e.,  their 
breadth,  is  at  right  angles  to  the  long  diameter  of 
the  head.  Therefore,  when  these  two  ellipses  are  su- 
perimposed, as  happens  practically  when  the  shoul- 
ders follow  the  head  through  the  pelvis,  their  outline 
would  present  such  an  appearance  as  is  shown  in 
Fig.  8. 

This  is  not  the  whole  truth.     The  foramen  mag- 


22 


HOW    TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 


num,  and  therefore  the  occipital  condyles,  are  not 
placed  centrally  in  the  base  of  the  child's  skull,  but 
much  nearer  the  posterior  end  of  the  head,  especially 


Fig.  a 


Fig.  9. 


when  the  head  is  flexed.  Therefore,  Fig.  9  may  be 
substituted  for  Fig.  8  as  more  exactly  representing 
the  facts.  Now  if  the  head  is  laterally  flexed  so  as 
to  bring  one  ear  nearer  to  the  corresponding  shoulder 
than  in  the  horizontal  position,  which  also  happens 
during  the  labor,  these  outlines  would  be  superim- 


FiG.  10. 


Fig.  11. 


posed  in  the  manner  shown  in  Fig.  10,  which  also 
represents  the  outline  of  the  pelvic  inlet  (Q.E.  D.). 
The  length  of  the  pelvis  is  such  that  the  shoulders 


THE   ANATOMY    OF   THE    PELVIS. 


23 


may  still  remain  in  the  upper  part  when  the  head  is 
born.  If  it  were  not  for  some  such  provision  the 
neck  would  be  disagreeably  twisted,  by  reason  of  the 
shoulders  being  compelled  to  follow  the  head  through 
a  passage  calculated  for  the  latter  alone.  Further- 
more, transverse  sections  of  the  pelvic  tube  made  at 
any  point  will  show  this  double  relation  until  we 
reach  the  outlet,  where 
there  is  evidently  but  a 
single  canal.  Fig.  11 
shows  the  outline  of 
the  canal  a  little  above 
the  outlet.  By  the  time 
the  shoulders  have 
reached  this  point  the 
head  is  born. 

We  may  therefore 
infer  that  the  pelvis  is 
in  reality  a  double  canal, 
its  two  parts  being  par- 
tially fused  at  the  be- 
ginning and  entirely  so  fig.  12. 
at  the  end,  and  may  construct  a  theoretical  diagram, 
Fig.  12,  which  will  exhibit  these  facts.  This  will 
explain  the  appearance  delineated  in  Fig.  2,  for  on 
adding  dotted  lines  to  represent  the  inner  and  in- 
visible walls  of  these  supposed  parts,  as  in  Fig.  13, 
we  see  why  the  pelvic  inlet  is  wider  than  the  outlet, 
and  also  learn  the  direction  of  the  two  canals. 


24 


HOW   TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 


These  facts  may  be  formulated  as  follows,  before 
proceeding  further,  with  such  conclusions  as  may 
warrantably  be  drawn  from  them. 

I.  The  pelvis  contains  two  canals,  partially  sepa- 
rate at  the  beginning  and  identical  at  their  termina- 
tion. 

II.  These  canals  converge  from  above  downwards, 
and  are  also  mutually  curved  from  before  backwards, 

as  indicated  in  Fig. 
3.  Their  direction 
is  therefore  some- 
what spiral. 

III.  The  calibre 
of  each  canal  is  that 
of  the  foetal  head  ; 
therefore  the  head 
may  descend  in 
either  canal  and  will 
follow  a  spiral  course  in  so  doing.  These  canals  may 
be  called  respectively  the  right  and  left  canals  ;  the 
right  being  the  one  in  which  exclusively  the  right 
sacro  iliac  symphysis  is  found,  and  the  left  in  which 
the  left  sacro  iliac  symphysis  is  found.  Of  these  the 
right  is  somewhat  the  larger  and  is  the  one  in  which 
the  head  usually  descends  ;  for  which  there  are  other 
reasons,  as  will  be  shown  further  on. 

For  purposes  of  description  certain  planes,  axes, 
and  diameters  are  to  be  considered,  concerning 
which  we  will  first  state  the  views  generally  enter- 


THE   ANATOMY   OF  THE    PELVIS. 


25 


tained.  Playfair  says  :*  ^^  By  the  planes  of  the  pel- 
vis are  meant  imaginary  levels  at  any  portion  of  its 
circumference.  If  we  were  to  cut  out  a  piece  of 
card-board  so  as  to  fit  the  pelvic  cavity,  and  place  it 
at  the  brim  or  elsewhere,  it  would  represent  the  pel- 
vic plane  at  that  particular  part,  and  it  is  obvious 
that  we  may  conceive  as  many  planes  as  we  desire." 
Two  such  planes  are  of  especial  importance,  those  of 
the  inlet  and  outlet, 
or,  as  they  are  also 
termed,  the  superior 
and  inferior  strait. 
Hodge  defines  the 
plane  of  the  superior 
strait  as  a  surface 
bounded  by  the  cir- 
cumference of  the 
strait  which  is  marked 
by  the  **  inner  margin 
of  the  tuberosity  or 
horizontal  portion  of  the  pubes  on  either  side,  by  the 
spinous  process,  the  linea  ilio-pectinea,  and  the  inner 
margin  of  the  ala  of  the  sacrum,  and  posteriorly  by 
the  promontory  of  the  sacrum.'^  The  axis  of  this 
plane  is  a  line  drawn  at  right  angles  to  it  and  the 
combined  axes  of  similar  planes  drawn  at  all  levels  of 
the  pelvic  cavity,  constitutes  the  axis  of  the  pelvis, 
which  is  supposed  to  indicate  the  course  of  the 
child's  head  in  delivery  (see  Fig.  14). 

*  System,  p.  35-6. 


Fig.  14. 


26  HOW   TO   USE  THE    FORCEPS. 

By  beginning  wrong  we  generally  end  wrong. 
By  studying  the  pelvis  only  from  antero-posterior  sec- 
tions we  get  only  a  partial  knowledge  of  it.  The 
whole  study  of  the  mechanism  of  labor  as  given  by 
Hodge  and  his  successors  is  vitiated  by  the  inac- 
curacy involved  in  his  description  of  the  superior 
strait.  For  to  this  succeeds,  as  a  consequence,  a 
vagueness  as  to  the  true  position  of  the  head  in  labor 
— which  is  a  point  of  great  practical  importance,  es- 
pecially when  we  attempt  to  apply  the  forceps.  To 
begin  on  common  ground,  the  plane  of  the  inferior 
strait  is  confessedly  artificial  and  arbitrary.  The 
outlet  is  so  irregular  in  its  termination  that  no  one 
pretends  to  describe  a  plane  passing  through  all  the 
points  of  its  circumference.  We  draw  a  line  from 
the  under  edge  of  the  symphysis  pubis  to  the  tip  of 
the  coccyx,  called  the  conjugate  diameter  of  the  out- 
let, and  a  plane  passing  transversely  through  this  line 
and  limited  by  the  calibre  of  the  pelvis,  we  call  the 
plane  of  the  inferior  strait.  Since  this  calibre  is  so 
evidently  the  same  or  nearly  so  as  that  of  the  foetal 
head,  and  since  we  find  clinically  that  the  head 
emerges  from  the  outlet  in  a  definite  relation  with 
such  a  plane,  we  may  retain  it,  but  always  admitting 
its  artificial  character  and  boundary.  The  same 
course  has  not  been  followed  with  the  inlet.  Ilodge 
gives  no  hint  of  compromise  in  fitting  the  plane  of 
the  superior  strait  in  its  circumference,  although 
Fig.  1,  outlined  from  his  work,  shows  clearly  enougli 


THE   ANATOMY   OF   THE   PELVIS.  27 

that  no  plane  can  pass  through  the  points  mentioned 
in  his  definition.  And  as  unnoticed  error,  especially 
when  sanctioned  by  high  authority,  has  a  great  power 
of  growth,  it  is  not  surprising  to  find  Dr.  Leishmann 
following  with  the  statement  that  the  yarious  parts 
of  the  line  bounding  the  superior  strait  '^are  in 
man  alone  on  the  same  plane.  ^'  As  a  matter  of  fact, 
the  circumference  of  the  inlet  bounds  two  distinct 
planes,  whose  inclination  to  each  other  may  be  seen 
in  Figs.  1  and  2  to  be  about  at  an  angle  of  150°. 

If  we  cut  out  of  card-board  two  ellipses  similar  in 
outline  to  the  middle  circumference  of  the  foetal  head 
and  apply  them  or  attempt  to  apply  them  to  the 
border  of  the  pelvis  on  each  side — in  other  words  to 
the  very  points  mentioned  above  by  Hodge — we  will 
find  that  they  intersect  one  another  in  the  median 
line,  while  accurately  fitting  the  pelvis  in  other  re- 
spects. We  may  call  these  planes  respectively  the  in- 
itial plane  of  the  right  and  left  canal.  Any  number 
of  similar  planes  may  be  drawn  in  each  canal,  which 
will  have  a  less  and  less  inclination  to  each  other 
until  at  the  inferior  strait  they  will  be  identical  with 
each  other  and  with  the  plane  of  the  inferior  strait 
as  above  described.  The  axis  of  the  initial  plane  of 
either  canal  is  a  line  drawn  at  right  angles  to  that 
plane,  and  indicates  the  direction  of  either  canal  at 
the  beginning. 

The  axis  of  each  canal  will  be  a  line  extending 
from  the  centre  of  its  initial  plane  centrally  through 


28  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

the  canal  to  the  centre  of  the  j)lane  of  the  inferior 
strait.  This  line  will  not  have  only  the  direction 
shown  in  Fig.  13,  but  being  curved  from  before  back- 
wards, in  the  manner  of  the  central  axis  in  Fig.  14, 
will  be  spiral  and  therefore  incapable  of  pictorial  rep- 
resentation. But  there  is  upon  the  pelvic  walls  a 
line  on  either  side,  which  is  as  nearly  as  possible  par- 
allel to  this  axis,  viz.,  the  raised  line  extending  from 
each  pectineal  eminence  on  the  ileo-pectineal  line  to 
the  ischial  spine  of  the  same  side.  As  this  is  an  im- 
portant line  from  this  circumstance,  and  from  the 
part  it  plays  in  the  mechanism  of  labor,  we  may  give 
it  a  name  and  call  it  the  ilio-sciatic  line. 

It  will  be  convenient  for  descriptive  purposes  to 
retain  the  so-called  ''plane  of  the  superior  strait,'' 
but  for  avoidance  of  confusion  we  may  define  it  as 
passing  transversely  through  the  conjugate  diameter 
(CD,  Fig.  15)  of  the  inlet  and  call  it  the  plane  of  the 
cojijugate  diameter.  Similar  planes  may  be  conceived 
of  as  drawn  at  right  angles  to  the  general  cavity  of  the 
pelvis  at  any  level,  and  to  distinguish  them  from  like 
planes  drawn  in  the  right  and  left  canals  we  may  call 
them  planes  of  the  pelvic  cavity.  The  plane  of  the 
conjugate  diameter  is  said  to  be  inclined  to  the  liori- 
zon  at  an  angle  of  60°  when  the  woman  is  in  the 
erect  posture,  tlie  face  of  the  pubes  looking  almost 
directly  downward  and  the  plane  of  the  outlet  back- 
wards and  downwards.  In  the  sitting  posture,  with 
the  pelvis  resting  on  the  tuberosities  of  the  ischia,  the 


THE   ANATOMY    OF   THE   PELVIS.  29 


inclination  of  the  plane  of  the  conjugate  diameter  is 
about  45°,  while  the  plane  of  the  outlet  is  almost  hor- 
izontal and  looking  directly  downwards. 

In  the  recumbent  posture  the  plane  of  the  conju- 
gate diameter  is  almost  equally  inclined  in  an  oppo- 
site direction  from  the  last,  the  plane  of  the  outlet 
being  nearly  vertical.  In  the  semi-recumbent  pos- 
ture, which  is  supposed  to  be  the  characteristically 
American  method  of  sitting,  the  plane  of  the  conju- 
gate diameter  is  level  with  the  horizon,  while  that  of 
the  outlet  looks  downwards  and  forwards.  The  in- 
itial planes  of  the  right  and  left  canals  have  substan- 
tially the  same  inclination  to  the  horizon  as  the  plane 
of  the  conjugate  diameter  in  these  various  positions, 
so  far  as  the  planes  are  considered  in  their  antero- 
posterior direction.  But  they  have  also  a  lateral 
obliquity  of  about  15°  from  that  of  the  conjugate  di- 
ameter, which  is  made  sufficiently  evident  by  refer- 
ence to  the  figures  or  better  still,  to  the  pelvis  itself. 
Certain  diameters  are  usually  described  as  existing 
in  the  inlet  and  outlet  of  the  pelvis. 

The  principal  ones  in  the  inlet  are  the  two  ob- 
lique diameters  and  the  conjugate.  The  oblique 
diameters  are  drawn  from  the  sacro-iliac  symphysis 
of  either  side  to  a  point  slightly  in  advance  of  the 
pectineal  eminence  of  the  opposite  side  (Meadows). 
In  Fig.  15,  AB  represents  the  right  oblique  diameter 
(according  to  the  German  nomenclature),  and  EP, 
the  left  oblique.     If  we  apply  to  the  inlet  a  piece  of 


30 


HOW  TO   USE   THE   FORCEPS. 


card-board  cut  after  the  pattern  of  the  elliptical  out- 
line of  the  foetal  head,  as  delineated  in  Fig.  6,  we 
will  see  that  the  long  diameter  of  such  an  ellipse  cor- 
responds with  the  oblique  diameter  of  the  canal  in 
which  it  is  inserted,  while  the  short  diameter  of  the 
ellipse  lies  in  the  line  of  the  opposite  oblique  diam- 
eter.    These  diameters  are  nearly  or  quite  five  inches 

long  in  the  normal  pelvis, 
and  are  longer  than  any 
other  which  can  be  drawn 
in  the  pelvic  brim,  except 
in  some  cases  the  one  ex- 
tending directly  across  it 
and  known  as  the  trans- 
verse diameter.  The 
conjugate  diameter  CD  is 
drawn  from  the  promontory  of  the  sacrum  to  the 
middle  of  the  top  of  the  symphysis  pubis,  and  is  the 
shortest,  being  about  four  inches  in  the  normal  pel- 
vis. Two  others  should  perhaps  be  mentioned  here, 
which  are  the  ones  drawn  across  the  base  of  each 
sacro-iliac  arch  and  called  the  sacrO'Cotyloid. 

Apart  from  any  consideration  of  the  doubleness 
of  the  pelvis,  it  is  generally  recognized  that  the  head 
will  enter  the  inlet  with  the  greatest  economy  of 
space  when  its  long  or  occipito-frontal  diameter  co- 
incides with  one  of  the  oblique  diameters  of  the  pel- 
vis, while  its  transverse  or  short  diameter  has  an 
equal  amount  of  room  in  the  opposite  oblique  diam- 


THE   ANATOMY   OF   THE   PELVIS.  31 

eter.  At  the  outlet  the  antero-posterior  or  conju- 
gate diameter  extends  from  the  under  edge  of  the 
pubes  to  the  tip  of  the  coccyx,  but  a  little  reflection 
shows  that  it  is  the  representative  of  the  upper 
oblique  diameters.  Thus,  if  a  rod  be  placed  in  the 
inlet  coincident  with  the  right  oblique  diameter,  and 
its  central  point  carried  downwards  in  the  axis  of  the 
right  canal,  its  posterior  extremity  will  traverse  a 
line  from  the  right  sacro-iliac  symphysis  to  the  tip 
of  the  coccyx,  while  its  anterior  end  will  follow  a 
similar  line  from  a  point  in  front  of  the  left  pecti- 
neal eminence  to  the  centre  of  the  under  edge  of  the 
symphysis  pubis,  and  the  rod  will  then  lie  in  the 
conjugate  diameter  of  the  outlet.  For  the  rod, 
substitute  a  foetal  head  with  its  long  or  antero-pos- 
terior diameter  in  coincidence  with  the  right  oblique 
diameter  of  the  inlet  and  the  correspondence  of  the 
head  to  the  right  canal  throughout  will  be  entirely 
manifest.  The  same  may  be  affirmed  of  the  left  canal, 
with  a  corresponding  change  of  right  to  left,  and  so  on. 
The  bony  pelvis,  with  its  ligamentous  and  mus- 
cular additions,  does  not  comprise  the  whole  of  the 
parturient  canal,  but  at  the  inferior  strait  begins  that 
part  of  it  which  is  made  up  only  of  the  soft  parts. 
The  latter  is  only  temporarily  fitted  for  this  use,  and 
has  no  fixed  calibre,  axis,  or  diameters,  which  are 
regulated  by  the  size  and  shape  of  the  foetal  head 
and  the  direction  taken  by  it.  It  is  enough  at  pres- 
ent to  conceive  of  it  as  an  elastic  tube  through  which 


32 


HOW   TO   USE   THE   FORCEPS. 


the  nead  passes  after  being  delivered  from  the  pelvic 
canal.  Besides  the  soft  parts  at  its  termination  the 
uterus  also  may  be  said  to  form  a  part  of  the  partu- 
rient canalj  since  the  child  in  passing  out  of  it  must 
have  its  original  direction  controlled  to  a  great  ex- 
tent by  the  position  of  the  uterus.  The  uterus,  dur- 
ing labor,  is  not  placed  directly  in  the  median  line. 


B 

Fig.  16. 

From  various  causes,  among  which  the  prominence 
of  the  lumbar  vertebrae  is  conspicuous,  it  is  some- 
what deflected  towards  one  side  or  the  other  of  the 
median  line,  and  in  the  majority  of  instances  towards 
the  right  side.     Viewed  laterally  the  womb  appears 


THE  ANATOMY   OF  THE   PELVIS.  33 

to  be  situated  with  its  axis  in  the  same  line  with  that 
of  the  plane  of  the  conjugate  diameter.  This  is  the 
statement  usually  made  ;  but  when  we  perceive  this 
obliquity  we  recognize  that  this  cannot  be^  and  that 
the  axis  of  the  uterus  in  labor  is  in  the  majority  of 
instances  continuous  with  the  axis  of  the  initial  plane 
of  the  right  canal  (see  Fig.  16). 

If,  then,  the  child  is  disposed  in  the  womb  with  its 
long  axis  coincident  with  that  of  the  womb,  it  will  be 
situated  in  the  most  favorable  manner  for  entering 
the  right  canal.  And  the  same  might  be  affirmed  of 
the  left  canal  if  the  womb  was  in  a  condition  of  left 
obliquity.  Since  it  is  rarely  found  in  this  condition, 
and  since  we  find  clinically  that  the  head  is  found 
with  similar  infrequency  in  relation  with  the  left 
canal,  we  derive  additional  proof  of  the  doubleness 
of  the  pelvis  and  of  the  existence  of  such  planes  and 
axes  as  have  already  been  described. 


SECTION  11. 

THE   PROPELLING   FORCES. 

The  forces  concerned  in  the  mechanism  are  of 
two  kinds,  propulsive  and  guiding.  The  former  are 
furnished  by  the  contraction  of  the  uterine  muscular 
fibres  and  by  the  voluntary  and  semi-voluntary  con- 
tractions of  the  abdominal  muscles,  but  not  exclu- 
sively. The  force  of  the  uterine  contractions  is 
communicated  to  the  vertebral  column  of  the  chlid 
and  acts  primarily  in  the  long  axis  of  the  womb. 
They  therefore  tend  to  propel  the  child  in  the  axis  of 
the  initial  plane  of  the  right  canal  in  the  majority  of 
instances  ;  or  when  the  womb  has  a  left  obliquity  in 
that  of  the  opposite  canal.  So  far  as  the  uterus  is 
concerned,  therefore,  the  child  tends  to  move  through 
the  pelvis  in  the  direction  of  the  line  AB,  in  Fig.  16. 
The  abdominal  muscles  transmit  force  in  the  same 
manner  to  the  child,  but  in  the  median  line  when 
they  act  uniformly.  Hence  they  are  well  designed 
to  propel  the  child  after  it  has  reached  the  inferior 
strait  and  has  finished  its  oblique  course  in  the  right 
or  left  canal.  And  as  a  clinical  fact,  we  find  that 
the  action  of  the  abdominal  muscles  is  not,  as  a  rule, 


THE   PROPELLING   FORCES.  35 

called  into  effect  until  tlie  head  has  attained  this 
stage.  But  from  the  inclination  of  the  pelvis  to  the 
vertebral  column,  each  of  these  forces,  the  uterine 
and  abdominal,  tends  to  propel  the  child  to  points 
behind  the  centre  of  the  plane  of  the  outlet.  The 
abdominal  muscles  acting  primarily  in  the  axis  of  the 
plane  of  the  conjugate  diameter,  impel  it  towards 
the  tip  of  the  coccyx.  The  uterine  force  tends  to 
impel  it  to  the  same  point ;  perhaps  a  little  to  one 
side,  but  as  far  back. 

These  tendencies  are  modified  by  the  directive  or 
guiding  forces  reflected  from  the  sides  of  the  canal, 
which  being  spiral  or  screw-like  in  shape  consist  es- 
sentially of  continuous  inclined  planes.  From  the 
pelvic  outlet  to  the  vaginal  outlet  the  head  follows  a 
very  different  course,  emerging  from  the  latter  in  a 
direction  which  forms  an  acute  angle  with  the  pro- 
duced axis  of  the  plane  of  the  conjugate  diameter. 
It  is  obvious  that  the  same  force  cannot  act  in  two 
directions,  one  of  which  is  almost  the  reverse  of  the 
other.  There  must  be,  then,  a  new  force  beyond  the 
pelvic  outlet  acting  in  a  different  direction.  This 
we  find  in  the  perineum. 

The  superficial  or  anatomical  perineum  is  the 
space  bounded  between  the  posterior  vaginal  commis- 
sure, the  anus,  and  the  ischial  tuberosities.  The 
deeper  structures  of  this  area  consist  of  certain  mus- 
cles and  fibrous  tissue,  and  most  important  of  all, 
the  perineal  body.     They  are  placed  in  front  of  or 


36 


HOW   TO   USE   THE   FORCEPS. 


opposite  to  the  pelvic  outlet,  constituting  the  floor  of 
the  pelyis.  The  mechanical  action  of  the  whole 
structure  may  be  studied  in  that  of  its  principal 
part.  The  perineal  body  is  a  stout  fibrous  band  ex- 
tending from  one  tuber  ischii  to  the  other.  It  is 
made  of  elastic  fibrous  tissue,  and  both  for  strength 
and  elasticity  is  comparable  to  no  other  tissue  of  the 


Fig.  17. 


body  unless  perhaps  the  ligamentum  nuchse.  On  sec- 
tion it  appears  wedge-shaped,  being  inserted  between 
the  vagina  and  rectum  at  their  termination,  with  the 
edge  directed  upwards.  It  extends  backwards  as  far 
as  the  coccyx — being  covered  and  supplemented  by 
sundry  muscles  of  more  or  less  importance  in  this 
connection,  but  having  substantially  the  same  me- 
chanical purpose  in  labor. 


THE   PROPELLIJTG   FORCES.  37 

When  the  combined  propulsive  and  directing 
forces  have  brought  the  head  to  and  nearly  through 
the  pelvic  outlet,  it  is  met  by  the  opposiug  force  ex- 
isting in  the  elastic  resistance  of  the  perineal  body 
assisted  by  the  associated  structures  of  the  pelvic 
jBloor.  The  latter  force  acts  in  a  direction  nearly 
opposite  to  the  former,  and  the  head  is,  therefore, 
directed  forward  in  the  line  of  the  resultant  of  the 
two  forces.  In  Fig.  17  the  arrow  A  represents  the 
direction  in  which  the  original  forces  bring  the  head 
upon  the  perineum  :  B  will  represent  the  line  of  the 
direction  impressed  upon  the  head  by  the  perineal 
force  alone,  and  C  will  show  the  resultant  of  the  two. 
The  important  practical  bearing  of  this  will  be  noted 
in  the  proper  place.  Another  force  may  assist  in  de- 
livery, viz.,  gravity.  The  amount  of  force  employed 
in  truly  normal  labor  is  not  great. 

The  following,  from  J.  Matthews  Duncan  (Re- 
searches, p.  319),  will  suffice  to  illustrate  this  point  : 
^'  If  we  regard  the  figure  of  four  pounds  given  by  Pop- 
pel  as  equal  to  the  power  exerted  in  the  easiest  labor 
he  has  observed,  or  the  corresponding  figure  of  six 
pounds,  according  to  my  calculations,  and  keep  in 
mind  that  the  average  weight  of  the  adult  fcetus  ex- 
ceeds either  of  these  weights,  we  are  led  to  the  conclu- 
sion that  in  the  easiest  labors  almost  no  resistance  is 
encountered  by  the  child  ;  that  it  glides  into  the  world 
propelled  by  the  smallest  force  capable  of  doing  so  ; 
that  with  the  mother   in  a  favorable   position,  the 


38  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS.- 

weight  of  the  child  is  enough  to  bring  it  into  the 
world — a  result  which  many  clinical  facts  at  least  ap- 
pear to  conBrm."  The  same  author  says  also  :  ''  Hav- 
ing had  extensive  and  varied  experience  in  the  use  of 
forceps  in  difficult  labors,  and  having  also  made  some 
rough  experiments  with  the  dynamometer,  to  ascertain 
the  power  I  have  applied  by  the  instrument,  I  regard 
M.  Joulin's  estimate  of  a  hundred -weight,  as  the  maxi- 
mum force  of  the  parturient  function,  as  too  high- 
I  do  not  deny  that  in  very  rare  cases  such  a  force 
may  possibly  be  produced,  but  I  am  sure  that  it  is 
nearer  the  truth  to  estimate  the  maximum  expulsive 
power  of  labor  (including  the  uterine  contractions 
with  the  assistant  expulsive  efforts)  as  not  exceed, 
ing  eighty  pounds."  In  this  opinion  I  entirely 
agree,  believing  that  the  extreme  efforts  made  in 
some  cases  with  the  forceps  are  due  to  a  misappre- 
hension of  the  proper  direction  of  force,  rather  than 
to  any  need  for  such  an  amount  of  force. 


SECTION  III. 

THE   BODY   TO    BE    PROPELLED. 

The  cliild  for  whose  sake  all  this  machinery  is 
ordered  is,  when  packed  in  the  womb,  of  ovoid 
shape.  At  one  end  is  the  head,  at  the  other  the 
similarly  rounded  breech.  Like  an  egg,  it  is  natural 
for  it  to  pass  through  the  pelvis  endwise,  with  one 
end  or  the  other  in  advance.  As  the  head  is  freely 
movable  upon  the  neck  and  capable  of  considerable 
extension,  either  the  top  of  the  head  or  the  face  may 
be  in  advance.  The  child  may  also  attempt  to  enter 
the  pelvis  crosswise  or  transversely.  We  have  then 
four  distinct  methods  of  entrance.  The  part  in  ad- 
vance at  the  beginning  of  labor  is  called  the  present- 
ing part,  and  the  area  of  this  part  inclosed  by  the 
pelvic  circumference  is  technically  called  i\iQ presenta- 
tion. 

There  are  therefore  four  distinct  presentations  : 
I.  of  the  top  of  the  head,  or  vertex  ;  II.  of  the 
Face  ;  III.  of  the  Breech,  and  IV.  Transverse. 

The  vertex  presents  in  at  least  ninety  per  cent, 
of  all  labors  and  is  evidently  the  natural  presentation 
and  the  one  for   which  the  pelvis  is  specially  de- 


40  HOW   TO   USE   THE   FOKCEPS. 

signed.  I  shall,  therefore,  confine  my  remarks  to 
this  presentation,  with  a  brief  account  of  the  second, 
since  the  others  are  neither  strictly  normal  nor  suited 
for  the  application  of  the  forceps.  Let  us  first  re- 
fresh our  memories  with  some  topographical  anatomy. 
Upon  the  top  of  the  fcetal  cranium  appears  a  suture, 
extending  directly  antero-posteriorly  between  the  pa- 
rietal bones,  called  the  sagittal  suture.  At  its  pos- 
terior limit  is  a  triangular  membranous  interval  call- 
ed the  posterior  fontanelle  or  bregma.  At  its  anterior 
limit  is  a  similar  quadrilateral  interval  called  the  an- 
terior fontanelle.  From  the  posterior  fontanelle  a 
suture  extends  on  either  side,  joining  the  occipital  to 
the  parietal  bones  of  either  side,  the  two  being  col- 
lectively called  the  lamMoidal  suture.  From  the 
anterior  fontanelle  a  suture  extends  in  front  which  is 
practically  a  continuation  of  the  sagittal,  called  the 
M-frontal  suture.  At  right  angles  to  it  proceed  from 
each  side  of  the  anterior  fontanelle,  sutures  joining 
the  anterior  border  of  the  parietal  to  the  frontal 
bone,  which  are  together  known  as  the  coronal  su- 
ture. These  fontanelles  and  sutures  are  of  variable 
size,  being  sometimes  large  and  distinctly  recogniza- 
ble, in  other  cases  small  and  indistinct.  They  are 
also  more  or  less  obscured  by  the  covering  of  the  hairy 
scalp. 

During  labor  the  sutures  themselves  are  not  so 
apt  to  be  felt  as  the  overlapping  edge  of  bone  which 
results    from   their    approximation.      Between    the 


THE   BODY   TO   BE   PROPELLED.  41 

limbs  of  the  lambdoidal  suture,  an  inch  or  a  trifle 
more  from  the  posterior  fontanelle,  is  the  occipital 
protuberance,  a  prominent  and  useful  landmark  in 
ascertaining  the  position  of  the  head  at  times.  Still 
more  useful  are  the  parietal  protuberances  situated 
nearly  in  the  centre  of  each  parietal  bone.  The 
frontal  eminences  similarly  situated  in  the  frontal 
bones  are  hardly  to  be  felt  except  in  face  presenta- 
tions or  during  the  perineal  stage  of  labor,  and  are 
not  usually  of  diagnostic  importance.  The  ears  are 
scarcely  ever  within  reach,  still  less  the  mastoid 
prominences.  Not  infrequently  the  small  fonta- 
nelles  at  the  postero-infcrior  angles  of  the  parietal 
bones  are  within  reach  and  are  to  be  recognized  by 
the  extension  into  them  of  the  lambdoidal  suture. 
Certain  planes  and  diameters  are  important  for  pur- 
poses of  description.  When  the  head  is  placed  in  a 
horizontal  position  quoad  the  body  in  the  erect  pos- 
ture, a  plane  drawn  transversely  through  the  occipi- 
tal and  parietal  protuberances  will  present  an  ellip- 
tical outline  as  already  delineated  in  Fig.  6.  This 
plane  may  be  called,  from  its  long  diameter,  the  oc- 
cipito-f7'ontaly  the  latter  line  extending  from  the  oc- 
cipital protuberance  to  a  point,  in  the  bi-frontal  su- 
ture. The  transverse  diameter  is  drawn  from  one 
parietal  protuberance  to  the  other,  and  is  called  the 
M-jjarietal.  It  will  be  observed  that  this  outline  is 
not  a  perfect  ellipse,  the  transverse  diameter  being 
behind  the  centre,   though  this  irregularity  is  less 


42  HOW  TO   USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

marked  in  the  living  head  than  in  the  dried  skull. 
The  occipitO'frontal  diameter  measures  on  an  average 
a  little  more  than  four  inches  in  length,  the  bi-pari- 
etal  about  three  and  a  half  inches. 

If  the  head  is  partially  flexed,  a  similar  trans- 
verse plane  passing  through  the  parietal  protuber- 
ances will  extend  through  the  occipital  ridge,  or  nape 
of  the  neck,  and  the  apex  of  the  forehead,  and  may 
be  called  the  plane  of  demi-flexion.  Its  outline  will 
be  almost  exactly  elliptical ;  the  transverse  diameter 
being  the  same  as  in  the  preceding  plane,  viz.,  the 
bi-parietal,  and  its  long  diameter,  the  cervico-frontal^ 
will  be  a  little  less  than  four  inches.  If  the  head  is 
completely  flexed,  as  when  the  chin  rests  upon  the 
breast,  a  similar  plane  drawn  through  the  parietal 
protuberances  will  pass  through  nearly  the  same 
point  posteriorly  as  in  the  last  plane,  viz.,  the  nape 
of  the  neck  a  little  below  the  occipital  ridge  ;  and  its 
anterior  limit  will  be  in  the  posterior  margin  of  the 
anterior  fontanelle.  Its  outline  will  be  nearly  circu- 
lar, for  while  the  transverse  diameter  is  still  the  bi- 
parietal,  its  long  diameter,  the  cervico-bregmatic,  is 
also  three  and  a  half  inches  long.  This  plane  may 
be  called  the  plane  of  complete  flexion.  Its  circular 
outline  is  an  important  fact  to  bear  in  mind. 

The  conclusion  is  now  apparent  that  flexion  of 
the  head  reduces  the  outline  which  it  presents  to  the 
pelvic  passages.  It  is  of  interest  to  note  the  relative 
position    of   the  fontanelles  during  these  changes. 


THE   BODY  TO   BE   PROPELLED.  43 

"When  the  occipito-frontal  plane  is  horizontal  the  an- 
terior fontanelle  appears  nearly  in  the  centre  of  the 
elliptical  area  above  the  plane,  while  the  posterior 
fontanelle  is  very  near  its  posterior  margin.  When 
the  head  is  in  demi-flexion  the  fontanelles  appear 
very  nearly  in  the  foci  of  the  ellipse,  and  in  complete 
flexion  the  posterior  fontanelle  occupies  the  centre 
of  the  circular  area  presented,  while  its  fellow  has 
disappeared  from  view  in  front. 

The  outline  of  the  foetal  head  is  still  further  capa- 
ble of  being  diminished  by  the  overlapping  of  the 
parietal  bones,  either  by  compression  due  to  the 
small  size  of  the  pelvic  canal,  or  artificially  by  the 
forceps.  The  bi-parietal  diameter  can  be  lessened 
from  a  half  inch  to  a  full  inch  by  such  compression. 
Not  only  can  these  diameters  be  compressed  and 
shortened  by  these  agencies,  but  the  entire  shape  of 
the  head  may  be  changed  by  a  process  of  moulding 
during  the  process  of  expulsion. 

The  face  of  the  child  ojffers  little  to  detain  us  at 
this  point.  It  is  also  of  rather  elliptical  outline, 
having  a  long  diameter,  i\iQ  fronto-meiital,  which  ex- 
tends from  the  chin  to  the  top  of  the  forehead  ;  and 
a  transverse  diameter,  the  ii-malar,  which  extends 
from  one  malar  bone  to  the  other.  But  these  are  so 
much  smaller  than  the  diameters  which  lie  behind 
them  in  the  head,  that  the  face  evidently  offers  no 
diflBculties  per  se  in  delivery.  The  real  difficulties 
are  due  to  the  manner  in  which  the  bulkier  posterior 


44  HOW  TO   USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

portion  of  the  head  and  the  body  are  made  to  enter 
the  pelvis  when  the  face  j)resents,  and  this  can  be 
better  described  in  connection  with  the  mechanism 
of  labor  in  this  presentation. 

The  lody  of  the  child  exhibits  upon  transverse 
section  an  elliptical  outline  in  its  entire  extent,  and 
especially  at  the  level  of  the  shoulders  and  breech. 
As  has  already  been  noted,  the  long  diameters  of 
such  sections  are  at  right  angles  to  the  long  diam- 
eters of  similar  sections  of  the  head,  and  from  the  fact 
that  the  foramen  magnum  is  situated  behind  the 
centre  of  the  head,  the  body  tends  to  follow  the  head 
a  little  behind  the  central  axis  of  the  head. 


SECTION  IV. 

THE   MECHANISM    OF   DELIVERY. 

Since  there  is  an  evident  correspondence  between 
tlie  pelvic  canals  and  the  head  in  their  outline,  it  is 
a  natural  inference  that  the  occipito-frontal  plane  of 
the  head  may  enter  either  the  right  or  left  canal,  and 
in  two  ways  :  with  its  occipital  extremity  either  in 
front  or  behind.  Clinical  observation  is  usually  in 
advance  of  theoretical  knowledge,  as  is  conspicuously 
shown  by  the  fact  that  all  recent  writers  agree  in  ad- 
mitting but  four  positions  of  the  vertex.  And  yet, 
while  the  pelvic  brim  is  considered  as  having  an  *'  ir- 
regularly oval  outline,''  there  is  no  obvious  objec- 
tion to  the  eight  positions  of  the  earlier  authorities, 
or  indeed  to  any  number  whatever.  It  is  only  when 
we  find  that  it  is  of  singularly  regular  outline,  by  an- 
alyzing it,  that  we  are  compelled  to  see  a  theoretical 
reason  for  the  already  clinically  observed  fact. 

I.  The  Vortex. 

The  nomenclature  of  these  positions  is  founded 
on  the  position  of  the  occiput,  which  will  be  situated 
on  one  side  or  the  other  and  in  front  or  behind. 
They  are  as  follows  : 


46  HOW   TO    USE  THE   FORCEPS. 

■ 

1.  Left  occipito-anterior, 

2.  Right  occipito-anterior. 

3.  Eight  occipito-posterior. 

4.  Left  occipito-posterior. 

1.  The  First  or  Left  Occipito-Anterior  Po- 
sition (L.  0.  A.)  is  the  most  frequent,  occurring  in 
at  least  seventy  per  cent,  of  all  positions  of  the  ver- 
tex. The  reasons  for  its  prevalence  are  to  be  found 
in  several  combined  causes.  The  folded-up  attitude 
of  the  child  in  utero  requires  that  its  back  shall  be 
turned  towards  the  mother's  front.  The  prominence 
of  the  vertebral  column  and  more  especially  the  sa- 
cral promontory,  will  determine  the  position  of  the 
occiput  on  one  side  or  other  of  the  median  line. 
Since  the  long  axis  of  the  child  is  correspondent 
with  that  of  the  uterus,  its  head  is  placed  directly 
over  the  initial  plane  of  the  right  canal,  owing  to  the 
usual  right  obliquity  of  the  uterus.  Also  the  right 
canal  is  actually  a  little  larger  than  the  left,  and  the 
latter  contains  under  the  left  sacro-iliac  arch  the  rec- 
tum, which  still  further  diminishes  its  size.  This  is 
therefore  the  most  natural  and  favorable  of  all  the 
positions. 

At  the  beginning  of  labor  the  head  in  this  posi- 
tion is  placed  with  its  occipito-frontal  plane  coinci- 
dent with  the  initial  plane  of  the  right  canal.  The 
occipital  protuberance  is  opposite  a  point  in  front  of 
the  left  acetabulum  ;  the  bi-frontal  suture  is  in  front 


THE   MECHANISM    OF   DELIVERY.  47 

of  the  right  sacro-iliac  symphysis,  and  the  right  par- 
ietal protuberance  is  opposite  a  point  over  the  right 
obturator  foramen  towards  its  inner  edge.  The  left 
parietal  protuberance  is  not  opposed  to  any  point  of 
the  pelvic  circumference,  but  is  in  the  free  space  in 
front  of  the  left  sacro-iliac  symphysis.  The  occipito- 
frontal diameter  is  therefore  coincident  with  the 
right  oblique  diameter  of  the  pelvis.  The  head  is 
obliquely  situated  with  reference  to  the  plane  of  the 
conjugate  diameter,  one  side  of  the  head  being  below 
and  the  other  above  that  level.  This  fact  was  first 
noticed  by  Naegele,  but  stated  too  generally,  since 
this  obliquity  frequently  and  indeed  usually  disap- 
pears in  the  succeeding  stages.  For  as  soon  as  the 
uterine  efforts  become  at  all  effective,  the  head  un- 
dergoes a  compound  movement  by  reason  of  which 
its  synclitismwith  the  initial  plane  of  the  right  canal 
disappears,  and  therefore  its  obliquity  to  the  plane  of 
the  conjugate  diameter,  while  another  head  plane 
than  the  occipito-frontal  is  made  to  engage  by  means 
of  flexion.  The  cause  of  this  movement  is  to  be 
found  principally  in  the  unequal  resistance  offered  by 
the  pelvic  walls.  The  right  parietal  protuberance  is 
directly  applied  to  the  anterior  pelvic  margin,  while 
the  left  is  entirely  free,  and  the  same  may  be  said  of 
the  entire  right  and  left  sides  of  the  head,  the  protu- 
berances being  cited  merely  as  the  more  prominent 
parts.  If  the  size  of  the  head  and  the  calibre  of  the 
right  canal  are  at  all  equal  and  the  fit  is  tight,  the 


48  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

right  side  of  the  head  will  meet  with  considerable 
resistance  to  its  onward  motion  communicated  from 
the  uterine  forces,  and  will,  therefore,  be  arrested, 
while  the  left  side,  being  untrammelled,  will  descend. 
There  will  result  a  lateral  flexion  of  the  head,  which 
will  bring  the  occipito-frontal  plane  synclitic  with 
the  plane  of  the  conjugate  diameter. 

If  the  abdominal  muscles  are  called  into  action  at 
this  time,  they  will  by  their  compression  tend  to 
force  the  uterus  backwards  and  so  deflect  its  axis  as 
to  still  further  impel  the  head  against  the  anterior 
pelvic  walls,  which  will  also  assist  in  bringiug  about 
this  lateral  flexion  and  the  resultant  synclitism. 
This  synclitism  is  in  reality  an  obliquity  of  the  foetal 
planes  to  the  transverse  planes  of  the  right  canal, 
and  continues  throughout  the  further  progress  of 
the  head,  being  indeed  necessary  when  the  head  has 
reached  the  inferior  strait.  Before  that  point  it  does 
not  invariably  occur.  The  relative  size  of  the  head 
may  be  small,  and  it  may  continue  in  exact  relations 
with  the  successive  planes  of  the  right  canal  through- 
out, as  was  practically  the  teaching  of  Naegele.  But 
inasmuch  as  the  head  is  usually  large  enough  to  offer 
an  appreciable  amount  of  resistance,  the  synclitism 
of  the  presenting  plane  of  the  head  with  the  artificial 
planes  of  the  pelvic  cavity  is  the  rule  rather  than  the 
exception.  This  has  led  Cazeaux,  Hodge,  Leish- 
mann,  and  others  to  entirely  combat  the  obliquity  of 
the  head  at  any  time,  which  is  an  error  in  the  oppo- 


THE    MECHANISM    OF    DELIVERY.  49 

site  direction,  since  it  must  originally  exist  from  tlio 
manner  in  which  the  head  enters  the  inlet. 

A  similar  cause  to  that  which  determines  the  lat- 
eral flexion  of  the  head  brings  about  at  the  same  time 
flexion  proper,  or  the  movement  of  the  chin  towards 
the  breast.  Although  the  right  oblique  diameter 
with  which  the  occipito-frontal  is  coincident  is  five 
inches  long  in  the  bony  pelvis,  the  soft  parts  so  di- 
minish the  size  of  the  canal  that  some  lessening  of 
the  head  outline,  especially  in  its  lengtli,  is  usually 
necessary.  The  head  may  be  regarded  as  a  lever  at- 
tached to  the  vertebral  column  as  a  fulcrum.  The 
resistance  which  it  encounters  causes  the  anterior 
joart  of  the  head,  v/hich  is  the  long  arm  of  the  lever,  to 
be  flexed  towards  the  chest.  Also,  the  occipital  end 
of  the  head  is  in  the  anterior  and  roomy  part  of  the 
pelvis,  and  thus  more  free  to  move  than  the  frontal 
end,  which  is  cramped  by  the  narrower  dimensions  of 
the  right   sacro-iliac  arch. 

This  flexion  continues  until  the  head  j)resents  an 
outline  small  enough  to  pass  readily,  which  usually 
happens  when  the  plane  of  demi-flexion  has  become 
coincident  with  the  plane  of  the  conjugate  diameter, 
or,  to  speak  more  accurately  with  a  plane  parallel  to 
the  latter,  but  a  little  lower  in  the  pelvis.  If  the 
plane  of  demi-flexion  presents  too  large  a  circumfer- 
ence, flexion  continues  until  complete.  If  then  there 
still  remains  any  disproportion  between  the  head  and 
pelvis,  the  force  is  exerted  upon  all  the  diameters  of 


50  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

the  head,  which  is  diminished  in  size  by  a  general 
compression.  From  this  results  what  is  known  as 
the  moulding  of  the  head,  which  so  rearranges  its 
shape  that  its.  original  outlines  are  entirely  changed 
and  it  becomes  cylindrical.  This,  if  successful,  is 
continued  until  the  diameters  of  the  head  correspond 
to  those  of  the  pelvic  canal.  I  believe  that  this  head- 
moulding  often  occurs  at  an  earlier  stage  from  a  fail- 
ure of  the  head  to  properly  undergo  flexion,  and 
that  a  thoroughly  flexed  head  is  rarely  in  need  of  any 
further  diminution  of  its  outline.  Ordinarily  the 
plane  of  demi-flexion  will  have  a  sufficiently  small 
circumference,  and  the  head  is  then  ready  to  descend. 
The  flexion  of  the  head  may  and  generally  does 
occur  before  the  os  uteri  is  fully  dilated.  When  this 
is  completely  effected  the  head  at  once  descends  with 
the  plane  of  demi-flexion  constantly  synclitic  with 
the  successive  artificial  planes  of  the  pelvic  cavity. 
As  it  descends,  it  simultaneously  rotates  upon  its  axis, 
the  occipital  protuberance  coming  nearer  and  nearer 
to  the  median  line  in  front  and  the  bi-f rental  suture 
similarly  approaching  the  median  line  behind.  The 
course  of  the  head  is  at  first  downwards,  backwards, 
and  inwards,  following  spirally  the  course  of  the  axis 
;  of  the  right  canal.  The  backward  direction  is  soon 
changed  to  a  forward  one  as  it  descends,  but  is  im- 
portant while  it  lasts.  Mechanically  speaking,  the 
uterine  force  is  reflected  from  the  pelvic  walls  so  as 
to  guide  the  head  and  induce  this  result,     All  parts 


THE   MECHANISM  OF   DELIYEKY.  51 

of  the  pelvic  wall  share  in  guiding  the  head,  but  the 
right  ilio-sciatic  line  is  especially  effective.  The 
riglit  joarietal  protuberance  is  constantly  in  advance 
of  this  line,  which  has  therefore  a  similar  action. 
to  the  rifling  in  a  gun-barrel.  The  left  pari- 
etal protuberance  is  remote  from  the  left  ilio- 
sciatic  line,  and  crosses  it  during  the  movement 
of  rotation  before  it  is  brought  into  very  close  rela- 
tions with  it.  The  rotation  of  the  head  ceases  when 
it  reaches  the  inferior  strait,  with  the  parietal  protu- 
berances in  front  of  the  ischial  spines  and  its  antero- 
posterior diameter  in  the  median  line,  the  plane  of 
demi-flexion  being  completely  coincident  with  the 
plane  of  the  outlet.  The  ischial  spines,  which  are 
the  continuation  of  the  ilio-sciatic  lines,  are  nsually 
more  projecting  than  any  other  part  of  the  latter. 
The  inferior  strait  is  therefore  well  named,  being  the 
narrowest  part  of  the  pelvis  as  well  as  the  end  of  the 
double  tube. 

A  slight  delay  is  apt  to  occur  here,  during  which 
the  movement  of  flexion  is  continued,  if  necessary, 
until  the  plane  of  complete  flexion  becomes  coinci- 
dent with  the  plane  of  the  outlet,  after  which  the 
propulsion  of  the  head  is  resumed.  The  subsequent 
course  of  the  head  is  through  the  single  tube  formed 
by  the  soft  parts,  and  might  with  propriety  be  set 
apart  as  a  distinct  stage  of  labor — the  perineal  stage 
— since  a  new  force  is  here  called  into  operation. 

Before  describing  it,  I  will  call  attention  to  a  few 


52  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS, 

points  in  which,  the  foregoing  acconnt  differs  from 
the  received  teaching  upon  this  subject.  Hodge, 
whose  exposition  of  the  mechanism  of  Labor  is  the 
most  complete  extant,  states'^  that  the  central  por- 
tion of  the  child's  head  describes  in  its  descent  the 
axis  of  the  general  pelvic  cavity.  This  axis  extends 
centrally  through  the  pelvis  downwards  and.  back- 
wards (afterwards  forward),  following  the  curve  of 
the  sacrum.  The  axis  of  the  right  canal,  in  which 
it  is  here  asserted  that  the  centre  of  the  child's  head 
moves,  extends  spirally  downwards,  backwards,  and 
inwards.  If  a  piece  of  card-board  be  cut  out,  of  el- 
liptical outline,  similar  to  the  outline  of  the  occipito- 
frontal plane,  or  the  plane  of  demi-flexion,  and  ap- 
2^1ied  to  the  pelvic  inlet,  so  that  its  long  diameter 
corresponds  to  the  oblique  diameter  as  already  de- 
scribed, the  centre  of  the  ellipse  will  be  found  to  bo 
at  quite  an  appreciable  distance  to  the  right  of  the 
median  line.  But  if  the  ellipse  is  placed  in  the  pel- 
vic outlet  in  the  same  manner  as  the  head  occupies  it 
during  labor,  its  long  diameter,  and  therefore  its  cen- 
tre, will  be  exactly  in  the  median  line.  Therefore  in 
moving  from  the  superior  to  the  inferior  strait  the 
centre  of  the  head  moves  towards  the  median  line,  or 
inwards,  as  does  the  axis  of  the  right  canal. 

As  a  necessary  concomitant  or  preliminary  to  this 
inaccuracy  of  the  existing  doctrine,  some  vagueness 
of  expression  concerning  the   true   position  of   the 

*  System,  p.  30. 


THE    MECHA]S'ISM    OF   DELIVERY.  *       53 

head  at  the  inlet  will  be  found,  for  if  the  latter 
had  been  accurately  noted,  it  would  at  once  have 
been  manifest  that  the  head  does  not  occupy  the  in- 
let centrally.  The  same  author  states/*'  '^  In  the 
first  position  of  the  vertex,  after  flexion  has  been  per- 
fected, it  is  strictly  correct  to  say  that  the  nape  of 
the  neck,  or  sub-occipital  region,  is  opposite  the  left 
acetabulum,  and  the  anterior  fontanelle  to  the  right 
sacroiliac  symphysis  ;  while  the  right  jDarietal  pro- 
tuberance is  to  the  ri2:ht  acetabulum  and  the  left  to 
the  left  sacro-iliac  symphysis."  These  four  points, 
the  parietal  protuberances,  occipital  protuberance, 
and  anterior  iontanello,  are  about  equidistant.  A 
head  which  has  its  occipital  protuberance  ojoposito 
one  acetabulum  and  its  right  parietal  protuberance 
opposite  the  other  acetabulum,  would,  if  finished 
upon  the  same  magnificent  scale,  be  difficult  to  place 
in  the  human  pelvis.  The  correct  position  is  stated 
on  pages  46-47. 

The  importance  of  accurate  discrimination  in 
these  points  Avill  be  more  apparent  in  connection  with 
the  application  of  the  forceps.  It  is  sufficient  to 
note  here  that  the  head,  not  being  placed  centrally, 
leaves  quite  a  large  free  space  in  front  of  the  left  sa- 
cro-iliac symphysis. 

As  the  head  passes  through  the  inferior  strait,  and 
even  a  little  before,  it  begins  to  encounter  the  re- 
sistance of  the  pelvic  floor,  against  which  it  is  pro- 

*  Op.  Cit.,  p.  148. 


5i  HOW   TO    USE   THE  FORCEPS. 

pelled.  This  brings  to  bear  upon  it  the  force  de- 
scribed at  page  37.  Assuming  that  complete  flexion 
has  taken  place  at  the  outlet^  as  is  customary,  the 
plane  of  complete  flexion  is  coincident  with  that  of 
the  outlet.  As  the  head  is  propelled  forward  in  the 
line  of  the  resultant  of  the  two  forces,  the  plane  of 
complete  flexion  continues  to  maintain  its  coincidence 
with  the  successive  transverse  planes  of  the  parturi- 
ent passage.  The  flexion  of  the  head  is,  however, 
not  kept  up,  but  extension  occurs  progressively  dur- 
ing the  remainder  of  its  course. 

The  movement  of  extension  is  readily  seen  to  be 
somewhat  different  in  its  results  from  the  mere  re- 
versal of  flexion.  This  is  due  to  the  different  cir- 
cumstances under  which  the  movements  take  j)lace. 
Flexion  at  the  inlet  resulted  in  bringing  new  planes 
of  the  head  in  relation  with  the  pelvic  planes,  and 
the  same  is  true  throughout  the  pelvis.  But  the  ex- 
tension which  occurs  after  the  passage  of  the  inferior 
strait  has  no  such  displacing  effect,  the  cervico-breg- 
matic  diameter  continuing  to  coincide  with  the  an- 
tero'posterior  diameter  of  each  successive  jolane  of 
the  passage.  Extension  occurs  because  of  the  great 
curvature  of  the  canal  at  this  point,  which  takes  a  di- 
rection almost  opposite  to  that  of  the  bony  canal. 
This  necessitates  a  bending  of  the  projectile  upon  it- 
self, since  the  body  cannot  at  once  be  dragged  down 
with  the  head.  This  movement  keeps  the  smallest 
attainable  outline  of  the  head  in  relation  with  tlie 


THE   MECHANISM   OF   DELIVERY.  55 

vaginal  tube.  The  sub-occipital  region  remains  un- 
der the  sub-pubic  arch,  while  the  forehead  and  face 
sweep  over  the  perineum.  The  perineum  becomes 
greatly  distended  and  changes  its  shape.  It  is,  as  be- 
fore noted,  wedge-shaped  or  triangular  upon  section, 
the  apex  of  the  triangle  being  at  the  verge  of  the 
anus.  As  the  head  glides  upon  and  over  it  the  apex 
of  the  triangle  moves  forward  and  a  large  portion  of 
the  anterior  wall  of  the  rectum  is  added  to  the  peri- 
neal surface. 

It  is  very  necessary  to  remember  this  forward 
motion  of  the  perineum  in  any  attempts  to  assist  the 
natural  mechanism.  As  the  head  escapes  from  the 
vulvar  orifice  the  perineal  tissues  retract  to  nearly  their 
original  condition,  chiefly  by  reason  of  their  inherent 
elasticity,  aided  somewhat  by  the  action  of  the  trans- 
verse muscles  of  the  perineum.  The  vulva  will  then 
embrace  the  child's  neck,  while  the  head,  released 
from  the  tube,  is  again  flexed.  So  far  as  the  forceps 
are  concerned,  we  might  here  suspend  the  account  of 
the  mechanism  of  labor,  but  for  the  sake  of  com- 
pleteness and  for  the  light  which  may  be  thrown  on 
the  foregoing  stages,  we  will  continue  it.  At  the 
moment  of  birth  the  head  was  propelled  almost  ver- 
tically upwards  (the  woman  being  upon  her  back), 
while  the  body  remains  behind  and  in  a  general  way 
at  right  angles  to  the  long  diameter  of  the  foetal 
head.  Hence  the  flexion  or  dropping  of  the  chin 
when  the  head  is  born.     A  lateral  movement  is  also 


56  HOW   TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 

described,  called  restitution,  in  wliicli  the  head  turns 
obliquely  after  birth,  with  the  occiput  in  front  and 
to  the  left,  as  when  at  the  inlet. 

This  is  of  little  imj)ortance,  nor  does  it  always  oc- 
cur,  since  it  depends  upon    the  manner  in  w^hich 
the  body  conforms  to  the  mechanism  by  which  the 
head  was  delivered.     As  the  head  passes  the  inferior 
strait  the  shoulders  enter  the  pelvis  if  the  neck  is  of 
its  ordinary  length.     As  already  noted,  their  proper 
method  of  entrance  is  with  their  long  or  bis-acromial 
diameter  coincident  with  the  left  oblique  diameter  of 
the  inlet,  and  their  elliptical  outline  in  connection 
with  the  beginning  of  the  left  canal.     This  is  tlie 
natural  provision  ;  after  wliich  they  descend  in  that 
canal,  rotating  in  the  oppositcdirection  to  that  which 
the  head  followed.     After  the  delivery  of  the  head 
they  arrive  at  the  inferior  strait  with  their  long  di- 
ameter in  the  median  line  and  the  right  shoulder  in 
front.      Circumstances  cause  this  mechanism  to  be 
often  varied  fi'om.     The  mobility  of  the  neck  and  its 
varying  length  do  not  render  it  absolutely  necessary 
that  the  shoulders  should  follow  the  rotatory  move- 
ments of  the  head  or  be  affected  by  them.     Per  con- 
tra, the  shoulders  may  be  prematurely  and  unduly 
influenced  by  the  head  rotation.     Hence,  when  the 
head  has  assumed  its  directly  antero-posterior  posi- 
tion at  the  inferior  strait  the  shoulders  may  have 
been  comi)elled  to  engage  in  the  inlet  with  tJieir  long 
diameter  directly  transverse  and  thus  out  of  relation 


THE    MECHANISM   OF   DELIVERY.  57 

with  either  canal.  Since  they  have  not  the  solid  and 
comparatively  unyielding  organization  of  the  head, 
there  is  less  need  for  their  conforming  strictly  to  the 
requirements  of  the  passage,  and  they  may,  under 
these  circumstances,  be  dragged  or  pushed  through 
the  pelvis,  without  any  reference  to  the  separate  ca- 
nals, until  they  reach  the  inferior  strait.  Here  the 
bis-acromial  diameter  will  prove  too  long,  under  any 
ordinary  compression,  to  pass  through  the  strait  in 
coincidence  with  the  transverse  diameter  of  the 
strait,  and  the  slioulders  must  rotate  as  they  would 
have  if  they  had  started  right  in  the  first  place.  It 
will  be  to  a  great  extent  a  matter  of  accident  whether 
they  rotate  so  as  to  bring  the  right  shoulder  in  ad- 
vance, as  it  would  have  been  after  descent  in  the  left 
canal,  or  the  left  shoulder,  as  would  occur  after  the 
descent  in  the  right  canal. 

But  if  the  former  occurs,  the  back  of  the  child 
being  directed  to  the  left  side,  the  free  head  will 
have  its  occiput  turned  towards  the  left,  and  in  the 
latter  case,  the  child's  back  being  to  the  right  the  oc- 
ciput will  also  turn  towards  the  right.  It  is  not, 
therefore,  proper  to  say  that  observance  of  the  direc- 
tion in  wliich  the  movement  of  restitution  is  made 
will  show  us  what  the  original  position  of  the  head 
at  the  inlet  must  have  been.  Very  generally  the 
shoulders  observe  the  natural  mechanism  and  the  bis- 
acromial  diameter  becomes  coincident  with  the  left 
oblique  diameter  of  the  inlet  with  the  right  shoulder 


58  HOW   TO   USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

in  advance.  If  the  outline  of  the  shoulders  is  not  un- 
duly large  this  relative  position  of  shoulder  and  pel- 
vic outline  is  maintained  until  complete  delivery.  A 
l^lane  passing  transversely  through  the  shoulders  con- 
tinues to  be  syn clitic  with  the  successive  planes  of 
the  parturient  passage  until  at  the  vulvar  outlet  it  is 
expelled.  The  right  shoulder  remains  stationary  at 
the  sub-pubic  arch^  while  the  left  shoulder  sweeps 
over  the  perineum.  Where  the  shoulders  are  a  little 
larger  than  common,  the  plane  just  mentioned  be- 
comes oblique  from  the  moulding  of  the  shoulders,  so 
that  the  left  or  posterior  shoulder  is  crowded  in  ad- 
vance of  the  right  shoulder  and  maintains  this  posi- 
tion throughout,  arriving  at  and  passing  through  the 
vulvar  outlet  before  the  right  shoulder  instead  of 
simultaneously  escaping.  Or  it  may  happen  that  in 
the  moulding  process  the  right  or  anterior  shoulder 
obtains  precedence. 

Opinions  differ  as  to  which  of  the  two  is  the  nat- 
ural course,  and  probably  from  a  want  of  sufficiently 
numerous  and  accurate  observations.  Where  it  is 
desirable  to  have  exact  knowledge,  as  when  we  at- 
tempt to  aid  the  process  artificially,  there  are  reasons 
for  preferring  tlie  prior  delivery  of  the  left  or  pos- 
terior shoulder.  Such  an  occasion  often  presents  it- 
self. The  delivery  of  the  head  is  frequently  followed 
by  a  more  or  less  temporary  cessation  of  uterine  con- 
tractions. Under  such  circumstances  the  child  may 
be  in  danger  of  asphyxia  from  pressure  upon  the 


THE   MECHANISM    OF   DELIVERY.  59 

funis,  if  the  body  is  large  or  the  funis  wrapped  around 
the  neck,  so  that  an  immediate  delivery  of  the  shoul- 
ders by  the  physician  is  to  be  recommended.  If  the 
posterior  shoulder  is  made  to  keep  in  advance,  a 
shorter  diameter  than  the  bis-acromial  is  permitted 
to  coincide  with  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the 
tube,  and  a  smaller  outline  being  presented  the  peri- 
neum is  less  distended.  This  is  true  whichever 
shoulder  is  in  advance,  but  the  posterior  is  usually 
more  accessible  to  the  finger  and  more  easily  drawn 
down.  Also,  if  the  posterior  shoulder  is  first  deliv- 
ered, the  sharp  projection  of  the  shoulder  is  made  to 
pass  over  the  perineum  before  the  full  bulk  of  the 
body  becomes  engaged  with  it,  and  is  therefore  less 
likely  to  make  a  rent  in  that  structure,  as  so  often 
happens.  The  rest  of  the  body  follows  the  shoulders 
at  once,  being  too  small  as  a  rule  to  bear  any  definite 
relation  to  the  pelvis.  Occasionally  the  breech  is 
large  enough  to  fit  quite  closely  when,  being  of  simi- 
lar outline  to  the  shoulders,  it  observes  the  same 
mechanism. 

To  recapitulate.  The  head  in  the  first  position 
of  the  vertex  enters  the  pelvis  with  its  occipito- 
frontal plane  coincident  with  the  initial  plane  of  the 
right  canal,  and  therefore  oblique  to  the  plane  of  the 
conjugate  diameter.  Its  first  movement  is  a  com- 
pound lateral  and  forward  flexion,  which  brings  the 
plane  of  demi-flexion  in  coincidence,  not  with  the  ini- 
tial plane  of  the  right  canal,  but  with  a  plane  paral- 


60  HOW  TO   USE   THE   FOKCEPS. 

lei  to  that  of  tlie  conjugate  diameter,  wliile  at  tlie 
same  time  its  outline  is  diminished.  Its  second 
movement  is  rotation  during  descent,  the  former 
bringing  the  occiput  gradually  in  front  while  the 
centre  of  the  head  moves  spirally  in  the  axis  of  the 
right  canal.  At  the  inferior  strait  the  flexion  is,  if 
necessary,  continued  until,  if  not  before,  the  plane 
of  complete  flexion  is  made  to  coincide  with  the 
plane  of  the  outlet,  the  occipital  end  being  directly 
in  front.  This  relative  position  continues  while  the 
head  undergoes  a  third  movement,  of  extension,  dur- 
ing the  rest  of  its  course,  being  expelled  from  the 
vulvar  outlet  in  a  state  of  complete  extension,  but 
with  the  cervico-bregmatic  diameter  still  at  right 
angles  to  the  axis  of  the  tube.  Next  the  shoulders, 
having  engaged  in  the  left  canal,  rotate  as  they  de- 
scend ;  arrive  at  the  inferior  strait  with  the  right 
shoulder  in  front,  which  is  detained  under  the  pubes 
until  the  posterior  shoulder  sweeps  over  the  perineum, 
and  so  out,  when  the  rest  of  the  child  i")romptly 
emerges.  During  the  perineal  stage  the  head  movies 
in  a  direction  almost  completely  the  reverse  of  its  di- 
rection at  starting. 

This  mechanism  maybe  clinically  verified  in  many 
cases.  At  the  outset  of  labor,  when  the  os  uteri  is 
but  partially  dilated,  and  the  bag  of  waters  uni- 
formed, and  the  head  resting  loosely  at  the  inlet,  a 
careful  examination  will  show  it  to  be  situated  as 
follows  :  The  posterior  fontanelle  will  be  almost  in- 


THE   MECHANISM    OF   DELIVERY.  61 

accessible,  being  at  or  above  tlic  ilio-pectineal  line, 
opposite  a  point  in  front  of  the  left  acetabulum. 
The  riglit  branch  of  the  lambdoidal  suture  will  also 
be  ditiicult  to  reach,  extending  from  the  posterior 
fontanelle  in  a  direction  nearly  parallel  to  the  top  of 
the  03  pubis,  and  ending  in  the  small  fontanelle  at 
the  postero-inferior  angle  of  the  parietal  bone.  If 
the  head  is  still  oblique  this  fontanelle  can  be  felt, 
and  if  the  head  is  not  unduly  large  even  the  ear  may 
also  be  detected  in  its  neighl)orhood.  But  if  the  con- 
tractions of  the  uterus  have  already  forced  the  head 
into  a  parallelism  with  the  plane  of  the  conjugate 
diameter  they  will  be  entirely  out  of  reach  of  an  or- 
dinary examination  at  this  stage  of  the  labor.  The 
sagittal  suture  will  be  felt  extending  first  downwards 
from  the  posterior  fontanelle  and  then  obliquely 
backwards  towards  the  right  sacro-iliac  symphysis, 
thus  having  the  same  general  trend  as  the  long  diam- 
eter of  the  initial  plane  of  the  right  canal.  The 
right  parietal  protuberance  will  be  felt  at  or  below 
the  level  of  the  pectineal  line  opposite  a  point  to  the 
right  of  the  pubic  spine  and  in  a  line  which,  verti- 
cally drawn,  would  pass  through  the  obturator  fora- 
men near  its  inner  edge.  So  far  as  the  finger  can 
determine,  the  central  part  of  the  presentation  is  mid- 
way between  the  parietal  protuberance  and  the  sagit- 
tal suture  or  thereabouts.  And  yet  from  the  descrip- 
tion it  is  evident  that  the  centre  of  the  presenting 
part  must  lie  in  the  sagittal  suture  and  not  to  one 


63  now   TO    USE    THE    FORCEPS. 

side.  This  apparent  discrepancy  is  due  to  the  curva- 
ture of  the  pelvis,  so  that  the  horizon  of  examina- 
tion, as  we  may  call  the  limit  of  the  area  within 
reach  of  the  fingers,  difers  from  the  horizon  actually 
present  at  the  brim.  The  arguments  as  to  the  posi- 
tion of  the  head,  based  upon  the  location  of  the  caput 
succedaneum  which  forms  during  the  arrest  of  the 
head  at  the  inlet,  are  of  doubtful  value. 

Carefully  observed  and  recorded  instances  are 
wanting,  as  is  admitted  by  Matthews  Duncan  ;  and, 
until  we  have  more  exact  facts,  reasoning  upon  theo- 
retical principles  is  fallacious.  If  I  might  venture  a 
hypothesis,  it  would  be  that  the  cajDut  succedaneum 
forms  in  front  of  the  centre  of  the  presentation  for 
reasons  similar  to  those  which  cause  the  anterior  lip 
of  the  womb  to  become  oedematous  in  preference  to 
any  other  part  of  the  cervical  rim. 

As  soon  as  synclitism  takes  place,  the  right  branch 
of  the  lambdoidal  suture  ascends  above  the  os  pubis, 
becoming  inaccessible  until  flexion  and  the  descent  of 
the  occiput  bring  it  again  within  reach.  This  may 
happen  synchronously,  in  which  case  it  does  not 
ascend,  but  in  either  case  its  direction  will  be  changed 
and  it  will  no  longer  be  parallel  with  the  top  of  the 
OS  pubis.  The  posterior  fontanelle  becomes  more  and 
more  accessible  with  each  degree  of  flexion.  As  rota- 
tion and  descent  proceed  it  becomes  more  centrally 
situated,  being  nearer  the  median  line  as  well  as  lower 
in  the  pelvis.    The  left  branch  of  the  lambdoidal  suture 


THE   MECHANISM    OF   DELIVERY.  63 

becomes  apparent  as  soon  as  the  head  begins  to  rotate, 
and  even  before,  to  some  extent,  when  the  head  is 
well  flexed.  The  right  parietal  protuberance  recedes 
almost  directly  backwards  and  to  the  right  side,  and 
when  the  head  has  reached  the  inferior  strait  each 
protuberance  maybe  felt  with  some  difficulty  ex- 
actly opposite  to  each  other,  while  the  posterior  fon- 
tanelle  occupies  the  median  line  ;  in  the  centre,  if 
the  head  is  completely  flexed,  a  little  above  or  in 
front,  if  flexion  is  less  complete.  At  this  time  the 
sagittal  suture  extends  directly  backwards,  the  two 
branches  of  tlie  lambdoidal  suture  extending  from  it 
above  like  tlie  arms  of  the  letter  Y.  This  adjust- 
ment of  parts  to  the  pelvic  tube  is  continued 
throughout  the  remainder  of  the  labor.  The  occipi- 
tal protuberance,  being  in  advance  of  the  fontanelle, 
appears  first  at  the  vulva,  and  as  the  latter  orifice  is 
enlarged  the  rest  of  the  i3resentation  is  gradually 
uncovered  until  the  parietal  protuberances  are  exposed, 
when  the  head  slips  out. 

The  compound  flexion,  rotation,  and  extension 
are  easilv  observed  and  verified  in  the  succession  of 
events,  but  the  inward  motion  of  the  head  is  difficult 
if  not  impossible  to  appreciate  by  direct  observation. 
The  distance  travelled  is  short,  especially  in  front, 
where  our  observation  is  mainly  directed.  The  occi- 
put also  rotates  in  an  opposite  direction  to  the  course 
which  the  centre  of  the  head  travels,  which  further 
obscures  the  problem.     But  although  it  cannot   be 


64  HOW   TO    USE   THE    FOUCEPS. 

directly  traced  with  the  fingei%  it  is  evident  enough 
from  the  conformation  of  the  pelvis^  and  receives  far- 
ther corroborative  proof  during  the  use  of  tlie  for- 
ceps. 

Variations  from  this  mechanism  may  and  do  occa- 
sionally occur^  and  are  of  some  practical  importance. 
They  may  be  said  to  consist  in  either  an  exaggeration 
or  deficiency  of  some  of  the  natural  processes.  Thus, 
a  want  of  sufficient  flexion  at  the  inlet  may  cause  a 
long  delay  at  the  inferior  strait,  while  this  defect  is 
being  remedied,  or  the  head  may  fail  to  engage  at  all, 
for  the  same  reason.  Flexion  may  be  too  great,  or 
rather  extension  may  fail  to  occur  at  the  proper 
2^oint,  causing  delay  in  the  perineal  stage.  A  misap- 
2')lication  of  the  propulsive  force  may  interfere  with 
rotation,  or  the  head,  being  unusually  small,  may  de- 
scend obliquely  throughout,  and  even  be  born  in  that 
manner.  Other  variations  arise  from  a  disj)roportion 
between  the  head  and  pelvis^  from  a  want  of  elastic 
force  in  the  perineum,  or  from  other  organic  causes. 
But  where  the  head  and  pelvis  are  each  normal  and 
l^roportionatc  there  is  seldom  any  deviation  from 
the  above-described  process. 

The  time  occupied  in  the  movement  of  the  head 
through  the  pelvis  varies  in  the  same  individual  even, 
from  different  circumstances.  Normally,  in  multi- 
para3,  ten  or  fifteen  minutes  suffice,  after  full  dilata- 
tion of  the  OS,  to  complete  the  delivery  of  the  child. 
In  primiparaj,   from  a  half  hour  to  an  hour  and  a 


THE    MECHANISM    OF   DELIVERY.  65 

half  is  usually  rcquirecl;,  ono  half  of  which  time  is 
consumed  iii  the  perineal  stage.  Where  the  propul- 
sive force  is  of  ordinary  strengLh  these  limits  are 
rarely  exceeded,  and  if  they  should  be  in  any  case^ 
the  cause  for  the  delay  should  be  carefully  deter- 
mined and  if  possible  removed.  The  amount  of  de- 
lay which  should  be  regarded  as  demanding  instru- 
mental interference  will  be  discussed  in  a  subsequent 
chapter. 

2.  The  Second  or  Right  Occipito-Anterior 
Position  (R.  0.  A.)  of  the  vertex  is  less  frequent 
than  the  flrst,  for  reasons  already  assigned,  occurring 
perhaps  in  ten  per  cent,  of  all  positions  of  the  vertex. 
It  is  possible  that  it  is  frequently  only  a  stage  of  the 
third  position,  as  will  be  mentioned  under  that  head, 
which  was  the  view  taken  byNaegele  in  all  cases.  It 
theoretically  offers  more  difficulties  and  is  more  apt 
to  need  assistance  than  the  first  position,  from  the 
comparative  smallness  of  the  left  canal  and  the  en- 
croachment of  the  rectum.  So  far  as  my  own  obser- 
vations extend  this  is  perceptibly  true,  but  the  dif- 
ference is  not  great.  It  follows  precisely  the  same 
mechanism  as  the  Qrst,  with  its  direction  of  motion 
reversed,  and  the  description  of  the  former  mechan- 
ism will  answer  as  well  for  it,  substituting  through- 
out the  account  "right"  for  or  "left"  wherever 
needed.  In  this  position  the  occipito-frontal  plane 
coincides  with  the  initial  plane  of  the  left  canal  at  the 
beginning  of  labor.     The  head  then  descends  in  that 


66  HOW   TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 

canal,  its  centre  following  the  axis  of  the  left  canal 
until  the  point  of  fusion  at  the  inferior  strait  is 
reached,  when  it  proceeds  in  the  same  conrse  and 
manner  as  the  first  does,  during  the  remainder  of  its 
course.  Where  there  is  any  difference  in  the  mech- 
anism, it  usually  consists  in  a  longer  delay  at  the 
inlet  at  the  beginning  until  flexion  is  absolutely  com- 
plete. The  shoulders  descend  in  the  right  canal  as  a 
rule,  and  are  more  apt  to  observe  a  uniform  mechan- 
ism than  in  the  first  position  because  they  are  nat- 
urally placed  in  the  more  roomy  canal.  These  two 
occipito-anterior  positions  are  the  only  ones  in  which 
labor  can  strictly  be  called  normal.  The  pelvis  is 
evidently  constructed  with  a  special  design  for  such 
a  mechanism,  and  althouigh  other  ]oositions  and 
presentations  have  often  an  uncomplicated  and  easy 
termination,  they  all  have  some  elements  which  are 
apt  to  give  trouble  and  which  show  that  they  are  ex- 
ceptional. 

3.  In"  the  Third  or  Right  Occipito-Posterior 
Position  of  the  Vertex  (R.  0.  P.)  the  head  occu- 
pies the  right  canal  as  in  the  first  position,  but  with 
its  occipital  end  reversed.  It  is  more  frequent  than 
the  second  position,  for  some  of  the  same  reasons 
which  determine  the  prevalence  of  the  first,  and  oc- 
curs in  about  seventeen  per  cent,  of  all  positions  of 
the  vertex.  At  first  siglit  there  appears  to  be  no 
reason  why  the  same  mechanism  will  not  answer  for 
both  anterior  and  posterior  positions.     If  the  calibre 


THE    MECHANISM   OF   DELIVERY.  67 

of  the  tube  is  elliptical  in  outline  it  might  be  sup- 
posed that  the  similarly  elliptical  outline  of  the  head 
might  descend  in  ■whichever  way  the  ends  might 
point,  whether  in  front  or  behind. 

For  several  reasons,  however,  the  mechanism  is 
quite  different.  The  principal  cause  of  this  is  to  be 
found  in  the  manner  in  which  the  head  is  joined  to 
the  body,  the  point  of  attachment  being  towards  the 
occipital  end,  instead  of  in  the  centre  of  the  head. 
This  causes  the  propulsive  force,  which  is  trans- 
mitted through  the  vertebral  column,  to  act  in  a  line 
too  far  back  in  the  pelvis.  The  parietal  protuber- 
ances are  also  placed  on  the  wrong  side  of  the  ilio- 
sciatic  line.  To  which  wx  may  add  that  the  occipital 
end  of  the  head  is,  if  not  larger,  at  least  more  firm  and 
resistant  than  the  anterior.  The  effect  of  these  con- 
ditions will  be  best  understood  by  observing  the 
course  of  the  head. 

Four  methods  of  delivery  are  possible  in  this  posi- 
tion ;  and  yet,  in  spite  of  this  variety,  nature  is  often 
incompetent  to  complete  the  task.  The  method 
usually  regarded  as  the  most  common  one  is  as  fol- 
lows : 

«,  First,  Meclianism. — At  the  beginning  of  labor 
the  head  is  placed  wuth  the  occipital  protuberance 
opposite  the  right  sacro-iliac  symphysis  ;  the  anterior 
f  ontanelle  opposite  a  point  in  front  of  the  left  acetabu- 
lum ;  the  left  parietal  protuberance  is  in  front  of  the 
beginning  of  the  right  ilio-ischiatic  line,  and  in  close 


68  HOW   TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 

relation  with  it  ;  the  right  protuberance  is  just  to 
the  left  of  the  sacral  promontory.  The  occipito- 
frontal plane  is  coincident  with  the  initial  plane  of 
the  right  canal,  so  that  the  head  is  obliquely  placed 
as  in  the  first  position,  but  in  the  contrary  direction, 
the  left  side  of  tlie  head  beino-  lower  than  the  ridit. 
Tlie  first  effect  of  the  uterine  contraction  is,  as  be- 
fore, to  remove  this  obliquity  and  bring  the  occiioito- 
frontal  plane  into  parallelism  with  the  plane  of  the 
conjugate  diameter.  Flexion  is  also  coincidently  in- 
stituted, but  with  a  modification  of  its  effect.  If  the 
occipital  extremity  of  the  head  impinges  closely 
against  the  right  sacro-sciatic  arch,  which  is  usually 
the  case,  flexion  has  a  tendency  to  bring  the  verte- 
bral column  of  the  child  still  farther  backwards  in 
the  pelvis  and  to  wedge  the  head  in  the  chord  of  the 
arch — i.e.,  in  the  right  sacro-cotyloid  diameter  (CD 
in  Fig.  20).  The  bi-j)arietal  diameter  is  too  large  to 
be  so  disposed  of,  and  therefore  the  resistance  of 
the  ends  of  the  arch,  viz.,  the  promontory  and  an 
opposite  i:)oint  in  the  right  ileo-ioectineal  line,  throw 
the  head  forward.  Flexion  has,  in  itself  and  apart 
from  the  direction  of  the  force,  a  tendency  to  throw 
the  bi-parietal  diameter  forward  and  nearer  the  cen- 
tral line,  and  this  operates  also  to  make  the  head 
clear  the  narrow  sjoace  in  which  its  occii")ut  would 
otherwise  be  detained. 

If  a  comparison  is  made  between  the  outline  of 
the  head  and  pelvis  it  becomes  apparent  that  without 


THE    MECHANISM   OF   DELIVERY. 


69 


this  forward  movemGiit  of  the  head  there  would  be  a 
permanent  arrest  at  this  point,  since  the  bi-parietal 
diameter  would  lie,  not  in  the  left  oblique  diameter 
as  in  the  first  position  of  the  vertex,  but  in  the  chord 
of  the  sacvO'Sciatic  arch,  which  is  always  smaller  than 
this  diameter.  The  disadvantage  of  having  the  pro- 
pulsive force  transmitted  so  far  back  in  the  pelvis  is 
therefore  considerable.  Flexion  havino;  continued 
until  this  difficulty  is  obviated,  the  head  descends  in 
the  right  canal  with  a  spiral 
rotation  in  the  axis  of  that 
canal,  the  occiput  becoming 
more  and  more  posteriorly 
situated,  until  it  nears  the 
inferior  strait.  At  this  level 
it  encounters  such  an  out- 
line as  is  represented  in 
Pig.  18,  in  which  A  and  B 
mark  the  position  of  the  ischial  spines,  and  the 
oblique  line  CD  the  bi-parietal  diameter  of  the  head. 
The  arrows  show,  the  direction  in  which  it  is  rotat- 
ing. Now,  at  either  end  of  this  diameter  are  the 
j)arietal  protuberances,  and  to  complete  posterior 
rotation  and  bring  the  occiput  fairly  in  the  sacral 
concavity,  the  protuberances  must  ride  over  the 
ischial  spines  or  the  ilio-ischial  lines  just  above  them. 
This  is  not  feasible  if  the  proportions  between  the 
head  and  pelvis  arc  at  ail  close.  Therefore,  the  bi- 
parietal  diameter  must  beat  a  retreat  and  occupy  the 


Fig.  18. 


70  HOW   TO   USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

position  it  takes  in  the  second  position  at  this  stage^ 
where^  from  the  fact  that  the  ischial  spines  are  back 
of  the  central  meridian  of  the  pelvis^  only  one  of  the 
protuberances  has  to  cross  the  ilio-ischial  line,  and 
that  not  in  a  close  relation.  In  other  words,  although 
the  canals  are  nearly  identical  here,  there  must  be 
a  transfer  of  the  head  from  the  right  to  the  left 
canal. 

Since  an  ellipse  cannot  be  turned  within  its  own 
circumference,  flexion  must  persist  until  the  circular 
outline  of  the  cervico-bregmatic  plane  has  been 
reached,  and  then  it  is  possible  for  the  head  to  rotate 
from  the  right  to  the  left  canal.  In  so  doing,  the 
previous  motion  is  simply  reversed  and  rotation  con- 
Q  tinned   until   the   occiput  is 

brought  in  front  and  the 
head  placed  precisely  as  in 
j^—L ^ \ — j^  a  right-occipito-anterior  posi- 
tion of  the  vertex  after  it 
has  reached  the  inferior  strait. 
This  is  accomplished  mainly 
by  the  action  of  the  shoulders. 
Fig.  19.  The  elliptical  outline  of  the 

shoulders  was  found  to  have  its  long  diameter  at  right 
angles  with  that  of  the  head.  If  in  Fig.  19  the  long 
diameter  of  the  shoulders,  AB,  is  placed  over  the  bi- 
parietal  diameter,  CD,  where  it  actually  falls,  its  ends 
would  project  decidedly  beyond  C  and  D  ;  therefore, 
in  applying  such  an  outline  to  that  of  the  inlet,  Fig. 


THE   MECHANISM   OF   DELIVERY.  71 

20,  the  shoulders  will  be  evidently  seen  to  extend  be- 
yond the  limits  of  the  chord  of  the  arch  CD.  And 
if  the  bi-parietal  diameter  was  too  small  to  remain  in 
that  relation,  much  more  will  the  shoulders  be  de- 
flected elsewhere. 

In  the  great  majority 
of  instances  the  shoul- 
ders AviU  be  thrown  to 
the  right  of  the  verte- 
bral column,  since  the 
right  shoulder  will  im- 
pinge  upon   the   verte-  noTso 

bral   column    just    above  a  B,  line  in  which  the  shoulders  fail  in 

4.               J?     i-l  anterior  position, 

the   promontory    OI     the  c  D,  line  in  which  the  shoulders  fall  in 

,— ,,  posterior  position. 

sacrum.       ihey    are 

therefore  forced  to  enter  the  right  canal  with  the 
back  of  the  child  antero-laterally  placed  instead  of 
entering  the  left  canal,  which  at  first  sight  appears 
more  natural.  This  brings  the  long  diameter  of  the 
shoulders  parallel  to  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of 
the  head  while  the  latter  is  rotating  posteriorly 
about  half  way  between  the  inlet  and  outlet,  and  the 
neck  is  thereby  twisted  through  an  arc  of  90°.  This 
involves  tension  of  the  neck,  and  therefore  the  devel- 
opment of  an  untwisting  force,  which  becomes  con- 
stantly greater,  for  as  the  head  attempts  to  rotate 
posteriorly,  the  shoulders  being  stationary  at  the  brim 
will  cause  it  to  be  resisted,  and  as  soon  as  the  head 
offers  a  circular  and  turnable  outline,  the  untwisting 


72  HOW   TO   USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

force,  added  to  the  uterine  efforts,  accomplislies  an- 
terior rotation,  and  the  head  enters  the  inferior  strait 
with  the  occiput  in  front.  It  is  probable  that  the 
oblique  direction  in  which  the  uterine  force  is  trans- 
mitted  tends  to  promote  rotation  at  all  times.  This 
is  at  least  worthy  of  investigation.  A  slight  varia- 
tion of  this  mechanism  is  occasionally  observed  in 
which  posterior  rotation  does  not  continue  until  so 
low  a  level  as  the  inferior  strait,  but  flexion  is  either 
completed  at  the  brim  or  completed  synchronously 
with  descent,  anterior  rotation  also  occurring  grad- 
ually throughout.  By  this  commingling  of  the  steps 
the  head  is  already  rotated  anteriorly  or  nearly  so, 
by  the  time  the  head  arrives  at  the  inferior  strait. 

1),  TIlg  second  mechanism  consists  in  anterior  rota- 
tion of  the  occiput  at  the  inlet  and  an  immediate 
conversion  into  a  second  position  (R.  0.  A.),  at  that 
point.  It  is  generally  believed  that  the  first  mechan- 
ism is  the  most  common,  but,  as  already  stated,  Nae- 
gele  attributed  all  second  positions  of  the  vertex  to 
this  second  method.  "With  existing  data  it  is  impos- 
sible either  to  prove  or  disprove  the  allegation,  and 
hence  avc  may  properly  classify  the  positions  as  when 
we  first  see  them,  otherwise  this  would  bo  the  most 
frequent  method  of  delivery  in  this  position,  tlie  Ii. 
0.  A.  being  entirely  discarded.  Its  occurrence  is 
favored  by  the  large  size  of  the  head  and  a  delay  in 
flexion.  In  such  case,  the  disproportion  will  bo  too 
great  to  allow  the  occiput  to  descend  at  all  while  pos- 


THE   MECHANISM   OF   DELIVEHY.  73 

teriorly  pldced,  and  it  is  therefore  forced  anteriorly 
in  the  only  direction  in  which  it  can  enter.  The  po- 
sition of  the  shoulders  has  also  much  influence  upon 
it.  If  the  child,  in  utero,  is  so  placed  that  its  back 
looks  to  the  risfht  side  of  the  mother,  it  is  obviously 
a  matter  of  indifference  whether  the  occiput  is  turn- 
ed in  front  or  behind  ;  but  if  the  child's  back  is 
turned  directly  forward  the  occiput  must  of  necessity 
come  forward  also,  sooner  or  late]',  if  there  is  much 
resistance  at  the  be^'inninc:  of  its  descent.  The  for- 
ward  turning  of  the  body,  when  originally  placed 
nearly  in  the  antero-posterior  line,  may  be  due  to 
the  uterine  contractions,  volantary  movements  of 
tlie  foetus,  or  a  cliangc  of  position  of  the  woman, 
which  involves  pressure  of  the  abdominal  muscles 
upon  the  child  through  the  uterine  walls.  It  is  tho 
most  favorable  mechanism  and  the  one  to  be  brought 
about  artificially,  if  possible.  After  its  accomplish- 
ment the  head  proceeds  as  in  the  second  position. 

c,  The  third  mechanism  consists  in  continuous  pos- 
terior rotation,  the  occiput  remaining  posterior 
throughout  the  whole  delivery.  Where  there  is  a 
great  want  of  correspondence  between  the  head  and 
pelvis,  due  to  the  smallness  of  the  former  or  largeness 
of  the  latter,  tlic  head  may  descend  Avith  the  occij)ut 
posteriorly  or  in  any  other  way,  like  a  shot  in  a  mus- 
ket-barrel. But  in  cases  where  a  more  exact  propor- 
tion exists,  a  definite  and  distinct  mechanism  is  ob- 
served.    The  head  descends  in  the  right  canal  as  in 


74  HOW   TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 


the  first  mechanism,  until  it  reaches  the  level  of  the 
ischial  spines  when,  instead  of  anterior  rotation  oc- 
curring, the  occiput  rotates  posteriorly.  This  is  ef- 
fected by  great  compression  and  moulding  of  the  head, 
so  as  to  diminish  the  prominence  of  the  parietal  pro- 
tuberances. If  the  shoulders  are  placed  transversely 
at  or  above  the  inlet,  with  the  back  squarely  to  the 
mother's  back,  posterior  rotation  must  occur  or  none 
at  all.  The  head  is  therefore  arrested  and  moulded 
by  the  propulsive  force  until  its  bi-parietal  diameter 
is  sufficiently  reduced.  Usually  complete  flexion 
first  occurs  with  an  abortive  attempt  at  effecting  the 
first  mechanism.  When  the  ilio-sciatic  lines  or  the 
parietal  protuberances  are  of  average  prominence 
this  is  a  tedious  performance,  consuming  much  time, 
strength,  and  patience  ;  neither  are  the  natural  ef- 
forts always  adequate.  When  posterior  rotation  is 
complete  the  head  is  placed  in  the  outlet  with  the 
cervico-bregmatic  plane  coincident  with  the  plane  of 
the  latter  and  the  occiput  directly  posterior.  The 
disadvantages  of  the  position  accumulate  as  it  at- 
tempts to  proceed.  The  manner  in  which  the  ver- 
tebral column  is  attached  to  the  head  causes  the  pro- 
pulsive force  to  be  transmitted  behind  the  centre  of 
the  head  and  pelvis  alike.  The  greater  the  flexion, 
the  nearer  the  foramen  magnum  is  to  the  occipital 
end  of  tlic  head,  and  hence  the  line  of  force  trans- 
mitted by  the  vertebral  column  to  the  condyle  on 
cacli  side  of  the  foramen  is  thrown  backwards  by 


THE    MECHANISM    OF    DELIVERY.  Y5 

flexion.  The  head  is  therefore  forced  against  the 
end  of  the  sacrum,  or  at  best  against  the  base  of  the 
coccyx,  and  the  secondary  force  originating  in  the  pel- 
vic floor  cannot  so  well  reach  the  head  to  impel  it 
forward.  The  uterine  force  must  then  be  spent  in 
moulding  the  head  until  it  is  long  enough  to  reach  to 
and  be  affected  by  the  perineum.  The  occiput  re- 
maining stationary  the  head  is  cylindrically  moulded 
so  that  the  cervico-bregmatic  plane  is  thrown  in  ad- 
vance of  the  outlet  and  a  new  plane  made  to  take  its 
place,  not  by  an  extension  of  the  head,  but  by  its  be- 
ing compressed  into  a  longer  shape.  After  a  time, 
if  the  head  is  compressible,  and  the  force  holds  out, 
the  head  becomes  long  enough  to  be  acted  on  by 
the  perineal  force,  and  is  then  conducted  to  the  vul- 
var outlet  and  expelled.  Where  from  the  small  size 
of  the  head  and  body  this  moulding  is  unnecessary, 
the  cervico-bregmatic  plane  continues  to  occupy  the 
same  position  as  in  the  case  of  the  L.  0.  A.,  but  with 
the  occiput  behind,  and  is  so  expelled,  the  forehead 
gliding  under  the  sub-pubic  arch.  The  perineum  is 
in  more  danger  of  laceration  from  this  mechanism 
than  from  any  other  ;  since  the  propulsive  force  is 
directed  so  far  back  upon  it,  that  it  may  be  said  to 
attack  it  in  the  rear.  The  occiput  is  also  more 
pointed  than  the  forehead,  and  more  apt  to  make  a 
rent  during  its  transit.  This  is,  then,  an  unnatural 
mechanism,  even  when  spontaneous,  and  is  to  be  pre- 
vented if  possible, 


76  HOW   TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 

dy  A  fourth  termination  exists,  rarely  witnessed, 
but  which  may  be  taken  advantage  of  in  some  cases  to 
the  great  benefit  of  the  perineum.  In  tliis  tlio  mech- 
anism is  precisely  tlio  same  as  in  the  third  method, 
until  the  head    is  completely   beyond    the   inferior 

;  strait,  and  resting  on  the  perineum  with  the  anterior 
fontanelle  within  the  lips  of  the  vulva.  At  this 
point  anterior  rotation  may  take  place,  the  head  ro- 
tating around  the  axis  of  the  cervico-bregmatic  diam- 
eter, from  left  to  right,  until  the  sub-occipital  region 
is  brought  under  the  symphysis  pubis.  It  is  then 
an  occipito-anterior  position,  and  is  expelled  as  such. 
This  was  noticed  to  occur  spontaneously  by  Cazeaux'*' 
in  one  instance,  and  in  another  I  have  brought  it 
about  by  manipulation.!  It  likewise  is  probably  due 
to  the  influence  of  the  neck  and  shoulders.  If  the 
child's  back  is  directed  anteriorly,  the  untwisting 
force  of  the  neck  may  be  resisted  while  the  head  is 
in  the  bony  pelvis,  but  whenever  it  has  escaped  from 
it  into  a  tube  which  is  dilatable  in  more  than  one 
direction,  this  force  becomes  irresistible,  and  whirls 
the  head  around  with  the  occiput  in  front.  Even 
when  the  shoulders  descend  with  the  back  poste- 
riorly, the  untwisting  force  may  be  considerable  after 

jthey  have  advanced   to    any  extent  in   the   pelvis, 
though  rarely  enough  to  effect  anterior  rotation. 

*  "Midwifery.*'    Edition  186D,  p.  267. 

t  **  American  Journal  of  Medical  Science,'*  January,  1877. 


THE   MECHANISM   OF   DELIVERY.  77 

Clinically,  tlic  third  position  of  the  vertex  may  be 
observed  as  follows  :  At  the  beginning  of  labor  the 
anterior  fontanelle,  or  its  posterior  edge,  may  bo  felt 
in  front  of  the  left  acetabulum,  or  about  in  the  same 
position  as  the  posterior  fontanelle  occupies  in  the 
first  position.  It  may  usually,  but  not  always,  be 
distinguished  from  the  latter  by  its  large  size  and 
quadrilateral  shape.  The  sagittal  suture  is  found 
extending  diagonally  to  the  right  in  the  same  fashion 
as  in  the  first  position.  There  is  also  a  suture  ex- 
tending from  the  anterior  fontanelle  corresponding 
to  the  right  branch  of  the  lambdoidal  suture,  viz., 
the  coronal,  but  it  is  more  accessible  at  the  begin- 
ning of  labor,  though  also  nearly  parallel  to  the  top 
of  the  OS  pubis.  The  left  parietal  protuberance  is  to 
be  felt  just  in  front  of  the  right  acetabulum,  being 
much  further  back  than  ihe  light  one  is  in  the  first 
position.  The  bi-frontal  suture  is  sometimes  regard- 
ed as  a  means  of  diagnosis  in  this  position,  since 
Tvhen  it  is  felt  we  may  know  that  there  are  four  su- 
tures radiating  from  the  fontanelle.  It  is  scarcely 
ever  to  be  felt,  however,  and  not  at  all  unless  the 
head  is  abnormally  extended,  and  the  ear  can,  under 
ordinary  circumstances,  bo  felt  with  less  difficulty. 
The  horizon  of  examination  is  similarly  limited  as  in 
the  first  position,  the  centre  being  at  a  point  near 
the  anterior  end  of  the  left  parietal  bone,  where  the 
caput  succedaneum  forms,  if  at  all. 

The  most  important  distinction  between  the  first 


78  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

and  third  positions  as  regards  diagnosis  is  in  the  ef- 
fects of  flexion.  In  the  first  position  the  posterior 
fontanelle  becomes  more  and  more  accessible  during 
its  progress  and  during  rotation  and  descent,  and 
finally  occupies  a  central  position.  In  the  third,  the 
anterior  fontanelle,  which  has  the  same  relative  posi- 
tion, is  raised  by  flexion,  and  while  at  the  inlet  re- 
cedes in  direct  proportion  to  its  degree.  If  complete 
flexion  occurs,  the  anterior  fontanelle  entirely  disap- 
pears and  the  posterior  fontanelle  may  be  felt  behind 
and  to  the  right  of  the  centre  of  the  horizon  of  exam- 
ination. During  descent  the  anterior  fontanelle  is 
never  centrally  placed,  even  when  in  the  median  line 
after  complete  posterior  rotation.  If  the  head  is  small 
and  flexion  incomplete  it  may  be  felt  in  front  during 
the  whole  of  the  third  mechanism,  but  otherwise  if 
the  plane  of  complete  flexion  comes  to  be  at  right 
angles  to  the  axis  of  the  canal,  the  anterior  fonta- 
nelle is  not  felt  after  the  beginning  of  the  labor  until 
birth. 

4.  The  Fourth  or  Left  Occtpito-Posterior 
Position  of  the  Vertex  (L.  0.  P.)  bears  the  same 
relation  to  the  third  that  the  second  does  to  the  first, 
having  the  same  mechanism  in  delivery,  but  with  the 
direction  of  motion  reversed.  It  occurs  in  not  more 
than  three  per  cent,  of  all  positions  of  the  vertex, 
but  the  same  possibility  exists  here  as  in  the  third, 
that  a  few  first  positions  were  originally  in  the  fourth, 
and  rotated  at  an  early  stage  at  far  above  the  inlet. 


THE    MECHANISM   OF    DELIVERY.  79 

For  as  the  third  is  converted  into  the  second  by  an- 
terior rotation,  so  the  fourth  is  converted  into  the 
first  by  the  same  movements  and  under  the  same  cir- 
cumstances. Anterior  rotation  at  the  inlet  is  more 
likely  to  occur  in  this  than  in  the  third  position,  on 
account  of  the  presence  of  the  bowel  to  the  left  of 
the  sacral  promontory.  The  smallness  of  the  left 
canal  also  favors  anterior  rotation,  and  therefore  it 
cannot  be  said  to  be  more  difficult  than  the  third. 

At  the  beginning  of  labor  the  occipi  to-frontal 
plane  coincides  with  the  initial  plane  of  the  left  ca- 
nal with  the  occiput  behind,  and  w^ith  a  similar  sub- 
stitution of  '^  right ''  for  '^  left/'  the  description  of 
the  third  position  throughout  will  answer  for  this 
one.  «• 

I  think  we  may  be  justified  in  drawing  the  follow- 
ing conclusions  concerning  occipito-posterior  posi- 
tions of  the  vertex. 

First,  they  are  not  strictly  natural  positions. 
Secondly,  they  have  nevertheless  definite  mechanisms 
of  delivery  which  under  favorable  circumstances  are 
alone  sufficient  to  secure  their  birth.  Tliirdly,  if  the 
head  and  pelvis  are  of  average  size,  their  spontaneous 
delivery  is  attended  with  considerable  delay  in  the 
labor  and  may  be  altogether  impracticable.  Fourth- 
ly, in  a  large  proportion  of  cases  the  safety  both  of 
the  mother  and  child  will  be  promoted  by  artificial 
delivery.  Fifthly,  as  the  pelvic  canals  are  of  ellipti- 
cal outline,  the  head  cannot  turn  so  as  to  be  placed 


80  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

in  an  occipito-anterior  position  until  it  presents  a  cir* 
cular  piano  wlioso  diameter  corresponds  with  the 
shortest  diameter  of  the  pelvic  canal.  Flexion  is 
therefore  the  first  requisite  in  all  methods,  whether 
natural  or  artificial.  Sixthly,  to  make  anterior  rota- 
tion feasible,  and  with  safety  to  the  child,  the  shoul- 
ders must  present  with  the  back  anteriorly,  or  be  so 
rotated  if  they  are  not  so  originally.  Seventhly,  fail- 
ing this,  the  forceps  will  greatly  assist  in  the  requi- 
site compression,  and  also  enable  the  physician  to 
control  the  passage  of  the  head  over  the  perineum 
more  effectually. 

II.  The  Face  Presentation". — In  the  facial 
end  of  the  cranium  there  is  described  a  plane  called 
the  trachelo-bregmatic,  which  is  named  after  its 
long  diameter,  which  passes  from  the  anterior  border 
of  the  anterior  fontanelle  to  the  front  of  the  neck. 
The  transverse  diameter  of  the  plane,  the  bi-malar, 
measures  about  three  inches,  the  long,  or  trachelo-breg- 
matic, about  three  and  a  half  inches  ;  it  is  therefore 
somewhat  elliptical  in  outline.  It  is  nearly  parallel  to 
the  cervico-bregmatic  plane,  but  a  little  smaller  in  its 
circumference.  This  is  the  plane  which  in  this  pre- 
sentation corresponds  in  most  particulars  to  the  oc- 
cipito-f  rental  in  the  vertical  positions  ;  entering  cither 
canal,  and  in  two  ways,  with  the  lower  end  or  chin 
in  front  or  behind.  The  chin,  then,  or  mentiim, 
takes  the  place  of  the  occiput  in  the  nomenclature  of 


THE  mecha:n'ism  of  delivery.  81 

these  positions,  which  arc  as  follows  :  1,  Left  mento- 
anterior ;  2,  riglit  mento-anterior  ;  3,  right  mento- 
posterior ;  4,  leffc-mentO'posterior.  This  is  also,  as 
near  as  may  be,  the  order  of  their  frequency,  which  i 
is  not  great  in  any  position,  since  the  face  is  said  to 
present  only  once  in  two  hundred  and  fifty  or  three 
hundred  labors.  They  are  supposed  to  occur  as  the 
result  of  displacement  of  the  vertex,  either  from 
wrongly  directed  force  due  to  some  mechanical  diffi- 
culty, or  as  the  result  of  voluntary  motion  on  the 
part  of  the  child.  I  have  seen  two  cases  in  which  a 
shock  to  the  mother  a  day  or  two  before  labor  was  at 
least  followed  by  a  face  presentation.  In  one,  the 
house  in  which  the  woman  was,  was  struck  by  light- 
ning two  days  before  labor  came  on,  and  the  sudden 
start  which  one  would  naturally  make  under  such 
circumstances  may  very  well  account  for  the  dis- 
placement. In  the  other,  a  large  picture  fell  from 
the  wall  upon  the  mother's  head,  having,  no  doubt, 
a  similar  effect. 

1.  Left  Mento-Anterior  Position". — If  a  head 
is  placed  at  the  inlet  in  the  third  vertical  or  right 
occipito-posterior  position,  and  moved  well  back 
under  the  right  sacro-iliac  arch,  the  parietal  protu- 
berances may  be  made  to  impinge  upon  the  sacral  pro- 
montory behind  and  the  ilio-pectineal  line  iu 
front,  while  the  occiput  also  rests  upon  the  brim. 
This,  as  before  shown,  is  usually  resisted  by  flexion. 
But  should  the  head  nevertheless  become  impacted, 


82  HOW   TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 

the  propulsive  force  acting  tlirougli  the  vertebral  col- 
umn of  the  child  can  move  only  the  long  arm  of  the 
lever,  since  the  short  one  is  wedged  fast.  Hence,  ex- 
tension will  occur,  and  as  it  takes  place  the  head 
again  becomes  free.  If  the  extension  proceeds  fur- 
ther than  is  required  to  bring  the  occipito-frontal 
plane  below  the  level  of  the  plane  of  the  conjugate 
diameter,  the  line  of  force  is  thrown  in  front  of  the 
foramen  magnum  with  increasing  effect,  and  the  ex- 
tension is  accelerated.  This  continues  until  the 
trachelo-bregmatic  plane  takes  the  place  of  the  oc- 
cipito-frontal, with  the  chin  in  front  of  the  left  ace- 
tabulum, and  the  anterior  fontanelle  opposite  the 
right  sacro-iliac  symphysis.  This,  however  brought 
about,  constitutes  the  first  position  of  the  face  pre- 
sentation. The  comparatively  small  size  of  the 
trachelo-bregmatic  plane  makes  it  unimportant  as 
well  as  uncertain  whether  there  is  any  lateral  obliq- 
uity or  not.  For  the  same  reason  we  may  say  that 
the  face  per  se  offers  no  difficulties  in  delivery,  and 
if  the  head  was  disconnected  from  the  body  it  would 
at  once  descend  to  the  level  of  the  cervico-bregmatic 
plane  ;  after  which  the  mechanism  of  delivery  would, 
be  the  same  as  in  a  vertical  position.  It  is  the  man- . 
ner  in  which  the  body  and  neck  are  made  to  enter 
the  pelvis  that  constitutes  the  chief  obstacle  in  its 
delivery. 

If  tlie  head  and  pelvis  are  of  average  size,  the 
head  descends  in  the  right  canal  with  its  trachelo- 


THE    MECHANISM   OF    DELIVERY.  83 

bregmatic  plane  coincident  with  tlie  successive  planes 
of  the  pelvic  cavity.  But  as  it  descends,  and  the 
head  approaches  the  inferior  strait,  the  body,  or 
rather  neck,  is  drawn  into  the  pelvis.  This  brings 
the  length  of  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the 
neck  to  be  added  to  the  depth  of  the  cranium,  or  in 
effect  to  the  cervico-bregmatic  diameter.  This  is 
too  much  for  the  pelvis  to  accommodate,  and  the 
head  must  be  flexed  to  remove  this  difficulty.  Flex- 
ion would  have  to  occur  in  any  event,  if  the  head  is 
to  advance.  But  the  line  of  force  is  througli  a  point 
in  advance  of  the  centre  of  the  head,  and  has  no  ten- 
dency to  bring  about  flexion.  This  can  only  be  ac- 
complished by  the  action  of  the  secondary  or  peri- 
neal force,  and  the  head  is  too  high  up  to  be  reached 
by  its  influence.  The  further  the  unaltered  head 
moves  under  the  propulsion  of  the  uterine  force,  the 
greater  is  the  difficulty,  since  the  occiput  and  neck 
become  more  firmly  impacted  in  the  posterior  part  of 
the  pelvis.  The  only  resource  of  nature  is  to  mould 
the  head,  by  which  process  it  becomes  long  enough 
to  reach  where  it  can  be  pushed  forward  and  flexed 
by  the  perineal  force.  The  neck  is  also  liable  to  be 
compressed  and  moulded,  from  w^hich  great  danger  to 
the  child  arises,  for  the  neck  is  ill-adapted  for  such 
pressure,  and  the  circulation  in  the  fcetal  brain  is 
much  interfered  with.  When  the  head  is  able  to  be 
flexed  the  difficulty  is  mainly  over,  the  mere  act  of 
flexion  causing  the  head  to  sweep  over  the  perineum 


84  HOW   TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 

and  to  bring  the  face  to  the  Yulvar  outlet,  nnless  the 
neck  is  unusually  short.  During  descent  the  head 
rotates,  so  that  the  chin  appears  in  front  and  the 
anterior  fontanelle  behind,  but  this  rotation  is  not 
due  to  any  correspondence  of  the  trachelo-bregmatic 
l^lane  to  the  pelvic  canal.  This  plane  is  too  small  to 
bring  this  about,  but  the  cervico-bregmatic  plane 
which  follows  it  is  the  one  which  regulates  the  mech- 
anism. For  this  reason  rotation  is  not  as  early  in 
the  facial  positions,  not  occurring  until  the  head  has 
descended  well  in  the  pelvis,  and  the  last  named 
plane  become  engaged.  It  is  then  regular  and  com- 
jolete,  the  head  emerging  from  the  vulva  with  the 
chin  under  the  symphysis  pubis.  It  escapes  power- 
fully flexed,  and  is  immediately  extended  again,  after 
birth.  AVhere  the  child  is  not  large  this  mechanism 
is  almost  as  natural  as  the  corresponding  vertical  po- 
sition, the  trachelo-bregmatic  plane  simply  preced- 
ing instead  of  following  the  cervico-bregmatic  plane. 
In  fact,  if  the  head  alone  were  concerned,  it  would 
be  a  more  favorable  position  than  the  third  vertical 
position.  But  the  implication  of  the  neck  and  chest 
make  it  a  dangerous  one  for  the  child,  and  tedious 
for  the  mother  if  delay  is  necessary  to  mould  the 
head. 

Its  clinical  recognition  is  sufficiently  easy  at  the 
beginning  of  labor,  but  if  it  is  delayed  at  any  point, 
and  especially  if  it  is  detained  at  tlie  inferior  strait, 
this  may  become  a  little  difficult.     The  tissues  of  the 


THE   MECHANISM   OF  DELIVERY.  85 

face  allow  of  a  caput  succedaneum,  or  swelling,  to 
take  place  much  more  easily  than  the  scalp,  and  the 
face  may  be  greatly  puffed  up  and  distorted  from  this 
cause.  Although  as  a  general  thing  this  swelling 
subsides  soon  after  labor,  there  is  always  a  risk  of  ir- 
reparable damage  to  the  eyes,  and  lesser  injuries. 
Delay  in  delivery  is  therefore  to  be  deprecated,  and 
should  not  be  permitted  to  anything  like  the  extent 
which  would  be  allowed  in  another  presentation. 

2.  The  Second,  or  Eight  Mento-Anterior,  is 
similarly  produced  by  the  extension  of  a  head  origi- 
nally in  the  fourth  or  left  occipito-posterior  position 
of  the  vertex.  It  has  precisely  the  same  mechanism 
as  the  first  facial  position,  with  the  direction  of  mo- 
tion reversed.  It  descends  in  the  left  canal,  having 
at  the  beginning  of  labor  the  chin  in  front  of  the 
right  acetabulum,  and  the  anterior  fontanelle  oppo- 
site the  left  sacro-iliac  symphysis.  It  does  not  need 
to  be  more  particularly  described. 

3.  The  Third,  or  Eight  Mekto-Posterior 
Position,  is  produced  by  extension  from  the  first 
Yertical  position.  But  it  will  at  once  be  noticed  that 
it  cannot  be  produced  in  precisely  the  same  way  as 
a  mento-anterior  position.  There  is  no  chance  for 
the  wedging  of  the  bi-parietal  diameter  in  front. 
The  extension  of  the  head  must,  therefore,  be  attrib- 
uted to  other  causes.  Barnes's  theory  of  too  great 
friction  anteriorly  may  be  tenable  if  coupled  with  an 
anterior  diversion  of  the  uterine  force,  but  after  all 


86  HOW   TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 

there  is  nothing  more  probable  than  the  cause  as- 
signed by  Hodge,  viz.,  the  muscular  movements  of 
the  child  itself.  It  is  well  that  it  is  not  easily 
brought  about,  since  it  is  especially  difficult  and  dan- 
gerous. In  this  position  the  trachelo-bregmatic 
plane  enters  the  right  canal,  as  in  the  first  facial  po- 
sition, but  with  its  loug  diameter  reversed.  The 
chin  is  found  opposite  the  right  sacro-iliac  symphysis, 
and  the  anterior  fontanelle  in  front  of  the  left  ace- 
tabulum. Difficulties  begin  early.  In  all  positions 
the  anterior  part  of  the  presentation  moves  less  rap- 
idly than  the  posterior,  because  of  the  curved  con- 
struction of  the  pelvic  canals.  Hence  in  this  case 
it  happens  that  the  forehead  remains  at  the  brim 
while  the  chin  and  base  of  the  cranium  essay  to  ad- 
vance along  the  posterior  part  of  the  pelvis.  This  tends 
to  bring  the  neck  and  chest  at  once  into  the  pelvis, 
and  the  obstruction  begins  at  once.  For  this  means 
that  a  diameter  of  seven  inches  attempts  to  crowd  into 
one  of  five  inches  in  length.  The  head  would  naturally 
tend  to  rotate  posteriorly  with  the  chin  to  the  rear, 
until  a  new  influence  is  felt  in  the  descent  of  the 
shoulders.  In  the  mento-anterior  positions  the 
shoulders  follow  in  the  opposite  canal  from  that  in 
which  the  head  descends,  but  in  this,  as  in  the  occip- 
ito-posterior  positions,  the  shoulders  are  thrown 
back  over  the  right  sacro-iliac  arch.  The  shorter 
the  neck  and  the  speedier  the  impact  of  the  shoul- 
ders the  better,  for  the  left  or  posterior  shoulder  is 


THE  MECHANISM  OF  DELIVEKY.       87 

thrown  to  the  right  of  the  sacral  promontory,  and 
the  shoulders  are  thus  brought  over  the  entrance  to 
the  right  canal.  This  causes  the  chin  to  rotate  an- 
teriorly, and  converts  the  position  into  a  second  or 
right  mento-anterior  position,  when  it  is  finished,  as 
in  that  case.  This  anterior  rotation  may  occur  at 
the  inlet,  but  may  also  take  place  between  it  and  the 
inferior  strait.  It  is  closely  analogous  to  the  first 
mechanism  of  the  third  vertical  position,  and  is  the 
most  favorable  one  in  this  position.  If  anterior  ro- 
tation does  not  occur,  and  the  shoulders  enter  the  left 
canal  with  the  back  in  front,  the  chin  rotates  into 
the  median  line  posteriorly  and  the  head  becomes  in- 
tensely extended.  No  relief  is  afforded  even  when 
the  head  is  permitted  to  reach  the  inferior  strait, 
since  flexion  cannot  occur,  nor  could  it  assist  if  it  did, 
and  extension  has  already  reached  its  limit.  The 
further  the  body  descends  the  tighter  the  wedging  ; 
and  anterior  rotation,  the  only  resource,  becomes 
more  and  more  difficult.  Under  any  circumstances 
there  must  be  a  great  delay  until  the  head  is  so  mould- 
ed as  to  be  born  in  this  fashion,  and  if  it  is  at  all 
large  this  is  impossible.  The  face  will  also  be  fear- 
fully swollen  and  the  head  extremely  ^'  wire-drawn.'^ 
The  necessity  for  aid,  either  manual  or  instrumental, 
therefore,  to  promote  rotation  at  an  early  stage,  is 
clear. 

4.  The  Fourth,  or  Left  Mento-Posterior  Po- 
sition, has  the  same  mechanism  as  the  third,  with 


88  HOW    TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 

the  direction  of  motion  reversed^  and  is  therefore 
sufficiently  described  in  the  above  account,  with  due 
substitution  of  ''  right ''  for  ''  left/' 

The  treatment  of  the  facial  positions  will  be  con- 
sidered incidentally  in  treating  of  the  applicability 
of  the  forceps  to  such  cases. 


PART   II. 


THE    FOKCEPS. 


INTRODUCTION. 

"  Sir,'*  replied  Dr.  Slop,  "  it  would  astonish  you  to  know 
what  improvements  we  lave  made  of  late  years  in  all  branches 
of  obstetrical  knowledge,  but  particularly  in  that  one  single 
point  of  the  safe  and  expeditious  extraction  of  the  foetus,  which 
has  received  such  lights,  that  for  my  part  (holding  up  his 
hands)  I  declare  I  wonder  how  the  world  has — " 

"  I  wish,"  quoth  my  uncle  Toby,  **  you  had  seen  what  pro- 
digious armies  wc  had  in  Flanders.*' — Sterne. 

"  To  procure  easy  travails  of  women,  the  intention  is  to  bring 
down  the  child,  whereunto  they  say  the  load-stone  helpeth  ; 
but  the  best  help  is  to  stay  the  coming  down  too  fast. " — Bacon. 

Whex  Lord  Bacon  penned  this  sage  remark^  the 
forceps  Tvere  unknown,  and  in  the  light  of  other 
days  we  are  reminded  of  the  fox  and  the  grapes, 
and  similar  instances  of  the  depreciation  of  the  unat- 
tainable. For  almost  ever  since  their  rude  begin- 
ning in  the  instrument  of  Chamberlen  there  have 
been  many  who  shared  in  the  views  of  Dr.  Slop,  as 
to  the  blessings  of  the  forceps.  When  we  think  of 
what  the  instrument  can  do,  and  of  the  numberless 
lives  which  it  has  saved,  it  is  difficult  to  avoid  his  en- 
thusiasm, and  vet  it  must  be  confessed  that  he  was 
aptly  answered.  For  there  is  a  debit  as  well  as  a 
credit  side,  and  it  needs  little  research  to  learn  that 
the  forceps  have  also  been  chargeable  with  much 
harm,  so  that  in  many  minds  even  now  the  balance 


92  HOW   TO    USE   THE    FOKCEPS. 

is  doubtful  concernins:  tliem.  That  tlio  fault  is  not 
in  tliG  forceps,  but  in  the  users,  it  will  bo  my  en- 
deavor to  show.  They  arc  not  simply  a  pair  of 
tongs,  to  be  applied — somehow — to  the  child,  and 
pulled  upon — somehow — until  it  is  dragged  out,  but 
a  carefully  adapted  instrument,  intended  to  be  ap- 
plied in  a  definite  way  and  used  in  a  definite  man- 
ner, accordins:  to  the  case  in  which  thev  are  used. 
And  when  used  with  understanding,  and  under 
proper  conditions,  they  fully  justify  all  the  eulogy 
which  has  ever  been  bestowed  upon  them. 

The  obstetric  forceps  are  composed  of  two  sepa- 
rate and  similar  pieces  of  steel,  each  of  which  is  fash- 
ioned into  a  blade  and  handle.  The  pieces  are  made 
to  cross  each  other  near  tlieir  middle,  or  at  the  junc- 
tion of  the  blade  and  handle,  at  which  point  a  de- 
vice known  as  a  lock  is  contrived  so  that  compression 
of  the  handle  will  cause  an  approximation  of  the 


Fig.  21.— Davis  Forceps  (utper  view).    A,  the  blades; 
B,  the  handles  ;  C,  the  lock. 

blades.  They  are,  as  has  been  well  said,  a  i')air  of 
steel  hands,  to  be  placed  one  on  each  side  of  the 
child's  head,  to  grasp  it  and  draw  it  from  the 
mother.  Like  hands,  too,  they  can  grasp  lightly  or 
forcibly.     They  are  intended,  primarily,  to  deliver 


INTRODUCTION.  93 

a  living  child  from  an  uninjured  mother.  But  they 
can  also  be  used  to  squeeze  and  drag  down  a  dead 
child,  in  the  place  of  craniotomy.  Whether  this  is 
ever  proper  is  another  question. 


Fig.  £2.— Davis  Forceps  (side  tie"^). 

The  first  idea,  then,  of  the  forceps  is  of  a  tractor^ 
to  be  used  to  supplement  or  supplant  the  expuisivo 
forces  of  tlie  mother.  To  adapt  them  for  farther 
usefulness  in  conditions  of  disproportion  between  the 
head  and  pelvis,  tliey  arc  also  made  capable  of  com- 
pressing the  head  so  as  to  diminish  its  diameters, 
and  thus  constitute  a  compressor,  Thev  mav  also  be 
used  to  further  the  natural  mechanism  by  flexing, 
extending,  and  sometimes  by  rotating  the  head,  and 
in  this  sense  may  be  regarded  as  a  lever,  but  any  use 
of  the  forceps  which  implies  a  leverage  upon  the  sides 
of  the  obstetric  canal,  i.e.,  upon  the  mother's  tis- 
sues, is  unscientific,  dangerous,  and  criminal.  A 
properly  constructed  forceps  will  embrace  these  three 
functions  in  one,  the  form  of  the  instrument  being 
determined  by  these  requirements.  It  would  be  in- 
teresting to  trace  historically  the  successive  changes 
Y/hich  have  been  made  in  the  forceps  during  the  two 
hundred  years  of  their  employment,  but  as  this  would 


94:  HOW   TO    USE    THE    FORCEPS. 

be  of  little  practical  value,  it  will  be  better  to  con- 
sider only  the  ideal  forceps  as  at  present  adapted. 

For  convenience  we  will  consider  first  the  blade, 
which  is  the  part  in  front  of  the  handles,  then  the 
handles,  and  lastly  the  lock. 

1.  The  Blades. — The  blades  should  be  large 
enough  to  cover  a  considerable  part  of  the  surface  of 
the  head,  so  as  to  hold  it  securely,  and  with  as  little 
pressure  as  possible  on  any  one  part.  And  since  they 
are  frequently  demanded,  because  of  the  tight  fit  of 
the  head  in  the  pelvis,  they  must  not  take  up  any  ad- 
ditional room  by  adding  to  the  diameter  of  the  pre- 
senting plane  of  the  head.  For  these  reasons  the 
blades  should  be  wide,  but  with  a  large  fenestrum, 
through  which  the  parietal  protuberances  of  the  head 
project.  In  this  way  they  will  not  add  a  fraction  to 
the  size  of  the  head.  If  the  blades  are  narrow  they 
will  not  exert  so  equable  a  pressure  upon  the  head. 
Also  in  this  case  the  fenestrum  will  be  correspond- 
ingly small,  and  the  convexity  of  the  head  cannot  so 
well  protrude  between  the  branches  of  the  blade  ;  the 
diameter  is  therefore  liable  to  be  increased  by  such  an 
instrument.  A  good,  wide  blade,  with  a  correspond- 
ingly wide  fenestrum,  is  the  first  requisite  in  the 
forceps.  It  is  alleged  by  some  that  a  wide  blade  is 
more  difficult  to  introduce  than  a  narrow  one — 
which  is  in  a  measure  true,  but  since  the  wide  blade 
can  always  be  readily  introduced  in  any  case  which  is 
suitable  for  the  application  of  the  instrument,  it  is  of 


INTRODUCTION.  95 

no  consequence  that  another  blade  can  be  more  read- 
ily used.  A  blade  only  a  finger-breadth  wide  could 
be  introduced  still  more  easily,  but  would  be  of  no 
use.  A  width  of  two  to  two  and  one-eighth  inches 
will  be  sufficient,  with  a  fenestrum  one  and  one-half 
inches  in  breadth. 

a,  Head  Curve. — When  a  pair  of  scissors,  for  in- 
stance, is  opened,  the  points  widely  diverge,  so  that 
an  instrument  made  in  this  way  with  straight  blades 
would  have  a  very  slight  grasping  power.  In  fact, 
the  only  hold  which  such  blades  would  have  upon  an 
object  would  be  such  as  powerful  lateral  pressure 
would  give.  This  in  the  forceps  would  be  a  great  ob- 
jection, since  the  object  to  be  grasped  is  the  more  or 
less  compressible  head  of  a  living  child,  and  such  pres- 
sure is  liable  to  injuriously  affect  the  intra-cranial 
circulation,  if  not  the  integrity  of  the  brain  itself. 
Compression  of  the  head  is  at  times  desirable  and 
necessary,  but  in  many,  if  not  most,  instances,  all 
that  is  required  of  the  instrument  is  that  it  shall  hold 
the  head  securely  with  a  minimum  of  compression. 
For  this  reason  the  blades  are  bowed  outwardly  to  con- 
form to  the  curvature  of  the  head.  This  is  known 
as  the  liead'Citrve  of  the  forceps.  It  must  not  be  so 
slight  that  the  head  will  readily  slip  from  between  the 
blades,  nor  must  it  be  very  great,  else  there  would  be 
great  difficulty  in  applying  them.  With  a  proper 
head-curve  the  tips  of  the  blades  will  approximate  to 
such  an  extent,  when  the  instrument  is  applied,  that 


96  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

traction  upon  tlie  blades  brings  their  distal  end  upon 
tlie  farther  end  of  the  head,  so  as  to  not  only  secure- 
ly hold  it,  but  also  to  push  it  onwards.  When  for- 
ceps are  said  to  slip  during  their  use,  one  of  two 
things  is  certain  ;  either  the  head-curve  of  the  in- 
strument is  insufficient,  or  the  blades  have  not  been 
properly  applied.  In  the  Davis  forcejos  the  tips  of 
the  blades  are  one-half  inch  apart  when  the  instru- 
ment is  closed,  and  when  open  sufficiently  to  hold  a 
head  measuring  four  and  a  half  inches  in  the  bi- 
parietal,  the  tips  are  two  and  three-quarter  inches 
apart.  It  is  obvious  that  if  the  head  is  really  in  the 
blades  of  this  instrument,  they  cannot  slip  unless  the 
steel  blades  are  so  thin  as  to  allow  of  their  being 
sprung  outwardly  at  the  tips.  This  latter  is  an  ac- 
cident which  I  think  does  occasionally  happen  in 
some  forceps,  but  is  guarded  against  in  the  Davis 
forceps  by  a  secondary  head  curve  in  the  blades, 
namely,  a  curving  from  above  downwards.  This 
twisting  of  the  blades  makes  them  much  stronger,  for 
the  outward  acting  force  of  the  child's  head  is  ap- 
plied almost  edgewise  to  the  arms  of  the  blades, 
instead  of  throuQ,-li  their  thinnest  diameter.  This 
secondary  curve  also  adapts  the  instrument  more  ex- 
actly to  the  convexity  of  the  head.  The  forceps  arc 
also  iield  upon  the  head  by  the  pressure  upon  them 
of  the  soft  parts  and  pelvic  walls,  and  in  cases  where 
there  is  not  a  tight  fil;  and  the  forceps  are  applied 
merely  for  lack  of  uterine  contractions,  an  instra- 


INTRODUCTION.  97 

ment  with  no  head-curve  at  all  may  be  sufficient  to 
withdraw  the  head.  In  difficult  cases  the  head-curve 
is  absolutely  necessary,  and  in  any  event,  the  instru- 
ment which  is  useful  only  in  the  cases  where  it  is 
least  needed  is  not  a  desirable  one. 

5,  Pelvic  Curve. — The  curvature  of  the  pelvic 
tube  in  its  whole  length  is  considerable.  As  before 
shown,  the  child  in  escaping  from  the  vulvar  outlet 
takes  a  direction  almost  exactly  opposite  to  that  in 
which  it  enters  the  pelvis.  Much  of  this  curvature 
is  indeed  in  the  soft  parts,  and  therefore  both  varia- 
ble and  capable  of  being  overcome  by  a  straightening 
pressure  against  the  walls.  It  is  true  that  a  pair  of 
forceps  which  are  nearly  straight  quoad  their  length 
can  be  made  to  seize  the  head  when  quite  high  up  in 
the  pelvis  and  even  at  the  inlet,  but  it  is  much  more 
convenient  to  have  the  instrument  conform  to  the 
curvature  of  the  pelvis.  This  is  known  as  the  pelvic 
curve,  and  is  surprisingly  different  in  different  in- 
struments, varying  from  a.  barely  perceptible  curve  to 
one  in  which  the  ends  of  the  blades  are  nearly  at 
right  angles  to  the  rest  of  the  instrument.  The 
curvature  of  the  male  catheter,  for  instance,  is  com- 
paratively uniform,  and  there  is  no  reason  why  so 
great  a  diversity  should  exist  in  the  forceps  in  this 
respect.  The  pelvic  curve  of  the  Davis  forceps,  which 
is  greater  than  that  of  most  instruments,  seems  to  me 
to  be  most  suitable.  It  not  only  enables  us  to  apply 
the  blades  to  the  head  at  any  point  with  great  facil- 


98  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

ity,  but  it  allows  them  to  be  adapted  to  the  head  in 
a  superior  manner.  The  blades,  by  reason  of  this 
curve,  will  be  more  nearly  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the 
presenting  plane  of  the  child's  head  than  if  the 
blades  were  straighter,  and  it  will  therefore  be  easier 
to  make  the  traction  in  the  proper  direction. 

There  are,  then,  two  valid  reasons  for  a  consider- 
able pelvic  curve  ;  first,  that  it  allows  of  greater  ease 
in  application,  and  second,  that  the  blades  will  be 
applied  to  the  head  in  a  more  desirable  way.  Such 
an  instrument  can  be  used  at  any  point,  the  straight 
forceps  only  when  the  head  is  at  the  inferior  strait, 
without  great  pressure  upon  the  perineum,  and  con- 
sequent discomfort  to  the  mother.  The  exact  man- 
ner of  curvature,  whether  it  shall  be  gradual  from 
the  lock  to  the  tip,  or  whether  it  shall  begin  at  some 
distance  in  front  of  the  lock,  is  a  matter  of  some  mo- 
ment.. 

In  the  Davis  forceps  (Fig.  21),  tlie  shanks  of  the 
blades  are  continued  in  front  of  the  lock,  straight, 
parallel,  and  close  together,  for  an  inch  and  a  half 
before  either  the  pelvic  or  head-curve  begins.  This 
insures  that  the  lock  shall  bo  outside  of  the  vulva  in 
most  cases,  even  when  they  are  used  at  the  inlet. 
In  many  instruments,  both  curves  begin  at  the  lock, 
which  seems  to  me  to  be  a  disadvantage,  since  the 
blades  are  relatively  shorter  and  are  unnecessarily 
wide  in  the  immediate  neighborhood  of  the  lock. 
Tlie  pelvic  curve  of  tlie  Davis  forceps  is  peculiar,  be- 


INTRODUCTION.  99 

ing  increased  by  widening  the  fenestrum  posteriorly, 
or  rather  by  having  the  two  bars  of  the  blade  nearly 
parallel,  and  making  the  curvature  principally  in  the 
lower  bar.  This  gives  them  an  exceptionally  grace- 
ful appearance,  which  can  be  appreciated  better  by 
direct  inspection  of  the  instrument  than  by  any  de- 
scription. 

The  blades  are  by  these  curves  fully  adapted  for 
seizing  and  securely  holding  the  head,  but  they  must 
have  handles  to  facilitate  their  introduction  and  to 
assist  in  traction,  while  to  admit  of  compression  they 
are  made  to  cross  each  other  at  the  look. 

2.  The  Handles. — The  handles  are  continuous 
with  the  blades,  and  are  made  of  even  more  diverse  pat- 
terns than  the  latter.  Some  are  made  of  great  length, 
in  order  to  increase  the  leverage  power  of  the  instru- 
ment. Some  are  provided  with  rings  or  shoulders,  to 
enable  more  powerful  traction  to  be  made  with  them. 
Some  are  provided  with  a  blunt  hook  at  the  extrem- 
ity, for  the  same  purpose,  and  for  convenience  of 
having  a  double  instrument.  Some  are  made  in 
pieces,  so  that  the  handles  can  be  made  either  long 
or  short.  I  again  select  the  Davis  forceps  as  possess- 
ing the  most  desirable  handles.  They  are  not  bulky,  \ 
are  straight  and  uncomplicated,  are  long  enough  to 
allow  of  being  comfortably  grasped  by  one  hand,  or 
even  by  two,  if  that  were  ever  necessary.  Their 
length  is  between  four  and  five  inches  behind  the 
lock,  which  is  enough.     In  speaking  of  traction  dur- 


100  now   TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 

ing  the  use  of  the  forceps,  1  will  explain  why  I  do 
not  regard  the  handles  as  the  important  agent  in  pro- 
ducing traction,  and  also  show  that  the  length  above 
mentioned  is  sufficient  for  the  proper  use  of  the  lev- 
erage power  of  the  instrument.  If  I  am  correct  in 
stating  that  such  handles  are  sufficient  for  all  practi- 
cal purposes,  their  advantage  over  other  forms  is  ob- 
vious. They  are  small  and  convenient,  and  there  is 
nothing  about  them  to  get  out  of  order  or  in  the 
way.  The  rings  and  shoulders  and  blunt  hooks  are 
in  the  way  during  introduction,  and  have  the  ad- 
ditional disadvantage  of  inviting  us  to  make  trac- 
tion in  the  wrong  direction.  In  some  forceps  the 
handles  are  entirely  of  steel,  and  are  usually  so  small 
that  a  firm  grasp  becomes  painful  to  the  operator. 
It  is  better  to  affix  to  them  pieces  of  wood  or  hard 
rubber.  It  is  hardly  necessary  to  add  that  both  the 
blades  and  handles  should  have  all  sharp  edges  re- 
moved, and. carefully  rounded  so  as  to  avoid  injury 
to  the  tender  structures  about  which  they  are  used. 

3.  The  Lock. — The  lock  is  by  no  means  the  least 
important  part  of  the  forceps.  There  are  three 
forms  of  lock  in  common  use  :  the  English,  or  mor- 
tise-lock, the  screw  and  slot-lock,  with  which  the 
Hodge  forceps  is  usually  provided,  and  the  flat  but- 
ton-lock. Tlie  first  is  the  most  objectionable.  In 
the  first  place,  the  danger  of  pinching  the  maternal 
tissues  when  the  lock  is  close  to  the  vulva  is  greater 
than   in  any  other.     Secondly,  the  forceps  may  be 


rSTRODUCTION.  101 

locked  when  the  blades  are  not  in  exact  apposition, 
but  when  one  blade  is  introduced  a  little  further 
than  the  other.  But  as  soon  as  traction  is  made  the 
blades  will  slide  into  their  proper  relation,  in  which 
case  the  blade  which  has  been  in  advance  will  usual- 
ly injuriously  scrape  the  child's  head  and  either 
bruise  or  lacerate  it.  This  can  be  avoided  if  suffi- 
cient care  is  taken,  but  it  is  better  to  have  a  lock 
which  utterly  prevents  it.  Thirdly,  tlie  blades  fitted 
with  this  lock  cannot  at  a  glance  be  distinguished 
one  from  the  other,  but  must  be  fitted  together  be- 
fore we  can  tell  which  is  the  right  and  which  the 
left  blade.  This  may  appear  to  be  a  trivial  matter, 
but  any  one  who  has  used  all  kinds  will  appreciate  it. 
In  the  second  form  of  the  lock  one  blade  is  provided 
with  a  slot,  and  the  other  with  a  pivot  which  termi- 
nates in  a  large  upright  screw-liead.  When  the 
blades  are  opposite  each  other,  upon  the  head,  the 
pivot  is  just  opposite  the  slot,  and  may  be  pushed 
into  it.  The  screw-head  is  then  rotated  between  the 
thumb  and  finger  until  the  lock  is  made  fast. 

Tliere  are  two  objections  to  this  form.  First,  the 
looseness  of  the  lock  allows  of  the  pivot  being  inserted 
into  the  slot  when  the  blades  are  introduced  to  an 
equal  length,  but  before  they  are  exactly  opposite, 
and  when  they  are  somewhat  tilted.  Then,  when  the 
screw  is  tightened,  they  may  be  forced  into  exactness. 
Secondly,  the  projecting  screw-head  is  often  in  the 
wav,  and  when  the  lock  is  close  to  the  vulva  cannot 


102  HOW   TO   USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

be  turned  with  ease.  These  objections  can  be  mainly 
overcome  by  screwing  down  the  pivot  so  as  to  make 
a  close  fit  before  beginning  to  introduce  the  blades, 
but  there  still  remains  the  fact  that  the  projection  is 
too  great  for  convenience.  In  the  third  form  one 
blade  is  provided  with  a  slot  and  the  other  with  a 
closely-fitting  pivot  which  is  capi^ed  by  a  flat  button- 
like expansion.  When  the  blades  are  in  exact  oppo- 
sition the  slotted  blade  glides  under  the  button  and 
the  instrument  is  locked,  but  unless  the  instrument 
is  exactly  adjusted  this  cannot  be  done.  We  have, 
then,  in  this  lock  a  safeguard  against  a  faulty  appli- 
cation, and  when  the  instrument  is  locked  a  guaran- 
tee that  they  are  properly  applied.  The  pivot  is  so 
low  as  not  to  be  in  the  way,  and  the  two  blades  can  at 
once  be  distinguished  from  each  other.  With  the 
last  two  locks,  the  slotted  blade  is  known  as  the  fe- 
male blade,  the  one  with  the  pivot,  the  male  blade. 
Otherwise  the  blades  are  distinguished  as  right  and 
left,  according  to  the  side  of  the  pelvis  to  which  they 
are  applied,  and  sometimes  anterior  and  posterior  or 
upper  and  lower,  which  are  variable  terms,  for  one 
blade  may  be  in  either  position  according  to  the  case 
in  which  they  are  used.  So  far  as  nomenclature  is 
concerned  the  slot  and  pivot  lock,  then,  is  much  more 
convenient.  I  will  not  undertake  the  invidious  task 
of  pointing  out  the  imperfections  of  the  various  for- 
ceps now  in  use  ;  ])ut  will  simply  state  my  belief, 
founded  on  the  principles  above  stated,  tliat  the  Da- 


THE   APPLICATION   OF   THE   FORCEPS.  103 

vis  forceps  provided  with  the  button-lock,  as  made 
by  J.  H.  Gemrig,  of  Philadelphia,  from  a  reliable 
mode],  is  the  best  instrument  for  general  use.  It  is 
the  instrument  used  by  the  accomplished  Professor 
Charles  D.  Meigs,  who  declared  that  it  was  as  near 
perfection  as  could  be  attained,  and  did  not  attempt 
to  modify  it,  and  has  been  used  for  many  years  by 
such  veteran  obstetricians  as  Ellwood  Wilson  and 
Albert  H.  Smith,  of  Philadelphia.  Care  should  be 
taken  in  procuring  the  instrument,  for  those  made 
by  several  manufacturers  are  not  correctly  made,  and 
leave  out  some  of  its  most  important  characteristics. 

Such  forceps  as  have  special  forms  or  modifica- 
tions for  a  particular  2^i^rp^^G  ^^J  t>e  briefly  noticed 
in  treating  of  the  use  of  the  instrument.  There  is 
no  doubt  that  special  skill  in  the  use  of  any  double- 
curved  forceps  may  enable  an  operator  to  use  it  effect- 
ively ;  the  same  amount  of  skill  devoted  to  the  Da- 
vis forceps  will  bring  a  better  return.  I  say  noth- 
ing of  the  straight  forceps,  because  it  is  nearly  obso- 
lete, and  every  text-book  bears  witness  against  it  ; 
nor  of  forceps  for  use  upon  the  breech,  as  this  appli- 
cation of  the  instrument  is  not  yet  well  established. 

THE    APPLICATION    OF   THE    FORCEPS. 

The  forceps,  being  specially  designed  and  adapted 
for  the  head,  may  be  applied  to  it  in  any  of  its  pre- 
sentations and  positions,  and  at  any  point  in  its 
course.     The  indications  for  their  application  will  be 


104  HOW   TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 

discussed  in  another  place,  so  that  we  will  assume  a 
suitable  and  uncomplicated  case,  in  which  the  os 
uteri  is  fully  dilated.  Although  the  head  may  be  ar- 
rested in  any  part  of  the  pelvis,  we  are  practically 
seldom  called  upon  to  apply  the  forceps  except  in 
two  situations,  viz.,  when  the  head  is  at  the  inlet  or 
at  the  outlet  of  the  j)elvis.  It  is  also  necessary  at 
times  when  the  head  is  resting  upon  the  perineum 
and  in  great  measure  through  the  outlet,  but  as  the 
tube  is  single  from  the  outlet  onwards,  there  is  no 
difference  in  the  aj)plication  of  the  instrument.  At 
the  inlet  the  conditions  are  decidedly  different,  and 
the  method  of  using  the  forceps  is  likewise  different. 
I.  We  will  consider,  first,  the  application  when  the 
head  is  at  the  inlet  and  in  the  first  vertical  position 
(L.  0.  A.)  in  a  pelvis  which  is  of  normal  propor- 
tions. .Certain  preliminaries  are  requisite.  First, 
the  forceps  are  to  be  taken  from  their  bag,  or  case, 
and  placed  in  a  basin  of  warm  water,  so  that  they 
shall  be  of  the  proper  temjoerature.  Care  should  be 
taken  that  the  blades  are  not  rattled  against  each 
other  while  handling  them,  as  the  clang  of  steel  is  a 
peculiarly  disagreeable  sound  to  those  who  are  about 
to  be  *^  operated  upon."  Next,  the  woman  should 
be  placed  in  a  proper  position  :  lying  upon  her  back, 
transversely  in  the  bed,  witli  the  hips  brought  to  the 
edge,  so  tliat  the  vulva  ovcrliangs  tlie  edge  and  with 
the  feet  placed  upon  two  chairs.  One,  or  better  two, 
sheets  may  l)e  placed  over  the  limbs,  so  as  to  avoid 


THE   APPLICATION   OF   THE    FORCEPS.  105 

any  exposure,  but  the  yulva  should  be  uncovered  so 
that  the  operator  shall  see  exactly  what  he  is  about. 
Right-minded  persons  will  offer  no  objections  to  any 
necessary  procedure,  and  it  is  better  to  wound  the 
feelings  than  the  pelvic  tissues  by  uncertain  manipu- 
lations under  the  bed-clothes  which  are  certain  to  get 
in  the  way.  The  English  prefer  to  apply  the  forceps 
with  the  woman  upon  her  side,  which  is  much  more 
diflScult  and  sometimes  well-nigh  impossible.  As  we 
can  never  be  sure  beforehand  of  the  amount  of  diffi- 
culty we  shall  encounter,  it  is  best  to  secure  the  most 
favorable  position  at  the  start.  A  third  chair  should 
then  be  placed  between  the  others,  upon  which  the 
operator  is  to  sit,  and  the  forceps  are  to  be  placed 
within  reach.  A  supply  of  lard  and  several  towels 
complete  the  equipment.  If  there  is  any  doubt  as  to 
the  condition  of  the  bladder,  a  catheter  may  be  pass- 
ed, but  this  is  sometimes  impracticable.  I  assume 
that  the  rectum  has  been  emptied  by  an  enema. 

Where  are  the  blades  to  be  applied  in  the  first  po- 
sition at  the  inlet  ?  There  are  several  reasons  for  the 
unhesitating  answer,  on  the  sides  of  the  child's  head. 
First,  they  will  fit  the  head  better.  Secondly y  they 
will  be  less  likely  to  injure  the  head  when  com- 
pressed than  when  in  any  other  situation.  Thirdly, 
they  will  be  applied  in  a  very  definite  relation  to  the 
head,  so  that  when  we  move  them  in  any  direction  we 
know  exactly  in  what  way  the  presenting  plane  of 
the  head  will  be  disturbed.     Fourthly ,  we  can,  if 


106  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

necessary,  flex  or  extend  the  head,  or  otherwise  con- 
trol its  relations  much  better  when  the  head  is 
grasped  in  this  fashion.  In  fact,  flexion  of  the  head 
is  next  to  impossible  when  the  forceps  are  otherwise 
applied.  FiftJily,  the  head  can  be  reduced  in  size 
more  certainly  than  in  any  other  way,  since  the  ap- 
proximation of  the  blades  compresses  and  reduces  the 
bi-parietal  diameter,  while  forced  flexion  of  the  head 
can  be  made  to  reduce  the  antero-posterior  diameter, 
by  substituting  the  cervico-bregmaticforthe  occipito- 
frontal. And  lastly,  the  application  is  no  more  diffi- 
cult than  any  other  in  the  un  deformed  pelvis.  The 
head,  in  the  position  under  consideration,  is  quite 
closely  applied  to  the  pelvic  brim  ujDon  the  right  side 
of  the  pelvis  and  upon  the  left  side  in  front.  One 
part  of  the  head  is  at  some  distance  from  the  brim, 
viz.,  th'e  left  parietal  region,  which  is  opposite  the 
left  sacro-iliac  arch.  One  blade  of  the  forceps  then 
can  very  easily  be  placed  just  where  we  want  it,  on 
the  left  side  of  the  head,  since  there  is  a  roomy  pas- 
sage for  the  blade.  The  blade  which  is  to  be  oppo- 
site this  one  must  be  insinuated  between  the  right 
side  pf  the  head  and  the  pelvic  rim  to  which  it  is 
closely  adjusted.  But  what  is  true  of  this  latter 
blade  is  true  of  both  in  any  other  method  of  api)lica- 
tion.  It  is  only  when  the  blades  are  applied  to  the 
sides  of  the  head  that  even  one  of  them  has  a  place 
provided  for  it,  as  it  were. 

The  next  consideration  of  importance  is,  wliich 


THE    APPLICATION    OF    THE    FORCEPS.  107 

blade  should  be  first  applied  ?  In  answering  this  we 
will  notice  that  one  side  of  the  head  is  j)osterior  and 
remote^  namely,  the  left  side  ;  the  other  is  anterior 
and  near.  The  fact  that  one  side  is  more  posteriorly 
placed  than  the  other  will  decide  the  question 
for  us,  for  if  the  anterior  blade  was  first  passed  it 
would  be  in  the  way  during  the  application  of  the 
second.  These  questions  being  settled,  the  oper- 
ator sits  in  front  of  the  vulva,  takes  up  the  male 
blade  of  the  forceps,  and  thoroughly  anoints  the  part 
to  be  introduced  and  also  his  right  hand.  The  lat- 
ter is  to  be  introduced  into  the  vagina  as  far  as  the 
thumb,  or  until  the  finger-tips  can  be  placed  between 
the  OS  uteri  and  the  head.  Sometimes  the  introduc- 
tion of  two  fingers  will  be  sufficient  for  this  purpose. 
If  so,  all  the  better,  but  this  precaution  should  never 
be  omitted,  lest  the  blade  should  pass  to  the  outside 
of  the  cervix,  when  even  a  slight  amount  of  force 
ma}''  result  in  great  damage  to  the  maternal  tissues. 
The  handle  of  the  forceps  should  be  securely  grasped 
in  the  left  hand  ;  not  held  like  a  pen,  which  for  an 
object  of  its  weight  gives  an  insecure  hold,  but  held 
firmly  so  that  it  can  be  introduced  with  precision. 
A  firm  hold  does  not  imply  a  forcible  use,  but  on  the 
contrary,  the  ability  to  grade  force  with  entire  deli- 
cacy. Tlie  tip  of  the  blade  is  then  inserted  in  the 
vulva  resting  against  the  palm  or  surface  of  the  fin- 
gers, while  the  tip  of  the  handle  is  held  perpendicu- 
larly above  the  middle  of  the  mother's  right  groin. 


108  HOW   TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 

Since  this  blade  is  to  traverse  nearly  the  whole  pos- 
terior curvature  of  the  pelvis  before  coming  in  con- 
tact with  the  head,  the  pelvic  curve  of  the  instrument 
*  is  to  be  first  considered,  and  it  is  to  be  passed  almost 
exactly  as  we  would  pass  a  male  catheter  into  the 
male  bladder.  As  the  blade  glides  upwards,  the  tip 
of  the  handle  moves  almost  directly  forward,  and  with 
little  depression  until  the  blade  has  reached  the  lower 
limit  of  the  side  of  the  head.  The  head  curve  of  the 
forceps  must  now  be  considered,  and  the  blade  made 
to  pass  around  the  convexity  of  the  head.  As  this 
movement  is  executed  the  handle  of  the  forceps  is 
made  to  approach  and  cross  the  median  line,  and  at 
the  same  time  is  rapidly  depressed.  As  the  blade 
continues  to  be  moved  onward  in  the  line  of  its  pel- 
vic curve  to  a  certain  extent,  the  motion  is  somewhat 
spiral ;  but  the  greater  part  of  the  motion  in  this  di- 
rection is  effected  during  the  first  movement ;  hence, 
during  the  second,  the  line  of  motion  of  the  tip  of 
the  handle  is  almost  straightly  diagonal  from  above 
downwards.  When  the  introduction  is  complete  the 
blade  is  in  the  free  space  under  the  left  sacro-iliac 
arch,  and  applied  to  the  left  side  of  the  child's  head. 
The  handle  will  rest  against  the  perineum  and  will 
have  its  face  turned  somewhat  to  the  left  thigh  of  the 
mother,  its  direction  being  nearly  in  the  axis  of  the 
initial  plane  of  the  right  canal.  As  soon  as  the  tip  of 
the  blade  is  felt  to  be  between  the  cervix  uteri  and  the 
head,  the  hand  or  fingers  may  be  withdrawn  from  the 


THE   APPLICATION   OF   THE   FORCEPS.  109 

vagina.  The  introduction  of  the  male  blade  is  al- 
most without  exception  very  easy.  If  properly  direct- 
ed to  its  destination  it  slips  into  place  almost  from 
its  own  weight.  The  second  blade  does  not  enter 
quite  so  readily,  but,  under  ordinary  circumstances, 
its  introduction  is  not  difficult.  The  right  hand  is 
freed  from  its  inunction  with  a  towel  and  takes  up 
the  female  blade,  which  with  the  left  hand  is  then 
anointed  as  in  the  case  of  the  preceding  blade.  The 
right  side  of  the  head  is  much  nearer  than  the  left. 
It  will  therefore  usually  suffice  to  introduce  two 
fingers  of  the  left  hand  as  a  guide  and  safeguard  be- 
fore passing  this  blade.  From  the  proximity  of  the 
right  side  of  the  head,  the  head-curve  of  the  blade 
has  to  be  considered  almost  synchronously  with  the 
pelvic  curve.  For  almost  as  soon  as  the  blade  begins 
to  be  introduced  it  must  be  curved  around  the  head. 
It  is  therefore  held  nearly  at  right  angles  to  the  me- 
dian line,  with  the  handle  in  the  line  of  the  mother's 
left  groin,  while  the  tip  of  the  blade  is  inserted  in 
the  vagina,  resting  against  the  palmar  surface  of  the 
fingers.  The  part  to  which  we  desire  to  apply  the 
blade  is  almost  directly  over  the  right  obturator  fora- 
men. The  handle  is  therefore  at  once  moved  towards 
the  median  line,  and  depressed  as  soon  as  it  is  clear 
of  the  mother's  left  leg,  while  it  is  pushed  onward  at 
the  same  time,  so  that  the  line  of  movement  is  con- 
tinuously spiral.  I  have  said  that  the  head  was 
closely  applied  to  the  rim  of  the  pelvis  on  the  whole 


110  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

of  the  right  side  of  the  latter  ;  but  if  the  head  is  well 
flexed  the  frontal  end  will  not  entirely  fill  up  the  right 
sacro-iliac  arch.  Hence  there  is  a  tendency  in  this 
blade  to  slip  posteriorly  into  this  opening.  If  it 
does  the  blades  will  not  be  opposite,  but  their  con- 
cavities will  both  look  forward  and  they  will  not  grasp 
the  head  and  cannot  be  locked.  To  avert  this  we 
keep  the  blade  well  forward  during  its  introduction, 
and  this  can  be  promoted  by  a  simple  manoeuvre. 
One  finger  of  the  left  hand  is  retained  in  the  vagina 
and  placed  under  the  upper  bar  of  the  blade.  With 
this  we  can  push  the  blade  upwards  while  the  right 
hand  is  urging  it  onward.  The  amount  of  force  re- 
quisite for  the  application  of  the  second  blade  is  usu- 
ally greater  than  that  demanded  by  the  first.  Wiiere 
the  forceps  are  applied  only  on  account  of  uterine  in- 
ertia, rather  than  for  any  detention  from  dispropor- 
tion, or  where  the  head  is  resting  above  the  inlet 
rather  than  engaged  in  it,  there  is  not  a  great  differ- 
ence. The  amount  of  force  which  is  justifiable  can- 
not, of  course,  be  measured,  but  when  the  operator 
is  thoroughly  aware  of  the  true  relations  of  the  head 
to  the  pelvis,  it  is  never  very  great.  When  the  sec- 
ond blade  is  thoroughly  introduced  its  liandle  crosses 
that  of  the  first  and  the  slot  comes  just  ojiposite  the 
pivot  and  a  slight  compression  of  the  handles  locks 
the  instrument.  If  the  parts  of  the  lock  do  not  en- 
tirely and  easily  coincide,  we  must  withdraw  the  sec- 
ond blade  and  apply  it  with  more  care  until  it  can 


THE   APPLICATION   OF   THE    FORCEPS.  Ill 

be  brought  in  proper  relation  with  the  first.  When 
this  is  accomplished  without  difficulty,  we  may  be 
certain  that  the  head  is  grasped  in  its  bi-parietal  di- 
ameter, and  may  proceed  to  its  extraction  in  the  full 
confidence  that  we  know  exactly  what  has  been 
done.  The  position  of  the  handles  when  the  forceps 
are  thus  applied  is  instructive.  The  head  being 
grasped  in  its  bi-joarietal  diameter,  the  face  of  the 
handles  is  directed  towards  the  left  side. 

But  we  may  notice  also  that  the  handles  are  not  in 
the  median  line,  but  point  decidedly  to  the  left  of  it. 
And  the  higher  the  position  of  the  head  the  greater 
the  divergence  of  the  handles  from  the  median  line. 
If  the  head  was  centrally  placed  in  the  inlet,  as  stated 
by  Pledge,  this  would  not  be  the  case.  But  its  cen- 
tre is  decidedly  to  the  right  of  the  median  line  as 
we  have  already  stated,  and  therefore  the  handles 
occupy  this  position,  which  is  a  clinical  proof  of  the 
truth  of  the  views  herein  entertained  of  the  mechan- 
ism of  labor.  The  practical  bearing  of  this  will  be 
discussed  under  the  head  of  traction. 

It  sometimes  happens  that  when  both  blades  have 
been  apparently  correctly  introduced,  the  parts  of  the 
lock  are  still  too  far  apart  to  be  united.  This  is  often 
due  to  the  fact  that  they  have  not  been  introduced 
far  enough.  In  this  case  the  handles  maybe  taken 
one  in  each  hand  and  pressed  avcU  against  the  peri- 
neum, when  they  will  usually  lock.  When  the  head  is 
above   the   brim  this  is  always  necessary,  and  when 


112  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

fairly  engaged  in  the  inlet  the  handles  are  quite  close 
to  the  perineum  when  fully  applied.  Care  should  be 
taken  in  locking  the  blades  not  to  pinch  the  vulvar 
tissues  or  allow  hairs  to  be  entangled  in  the  lock. 

The  application  of  the  forceps  to  the  sides  of  the 
head  when  at  the  superior  strait — is  taught  by 
Dewees,  Meigs,  and  Hodge,  and  by  a  small  minority 
of  English  and  continental  authors.  Even  these  ad- 
mit exceptions,  and  state  that  the  blades  cannot  al- 
ways be  thus  applied,  and  Dr.  Davis  himself  was 
sometimes  unable  to  introduce  the  second  blade  of 
his  forceps  upon  the  right  side  of  the  head.  Nearly 
all,  however,  admit  the  advantages  of  this  method, 
and  merely  allege  its  difficulty.  In  place  of  it  many 
recommend  that  the  blades  shall  be  passed  with  refer- 
ence to  the  pelvis,  one  upon  each  side,  in  which  case 
the  head  will  be  grasped  obliquely.  The  disadvan- 
tages of  this  jirocedure  are  mentioned  by  implication 
in  the  enumeration  of  the  advantages  of  the  method 
already  described. 

There  is  a  much  greater  risk  of  injuring  the  head, 
in  addition  to  the  less  perfect  control  which  is  ob- 
tained of  its  movements.  I  believe  that  the  objec- 
tion to  the  cephalic  application  of  the  blades  is  un- 
warranted and  founded  upon  several  erroneous  con- 
clusions. 

First,  there  is  not  a  sufficient  discrimination 
made  between  the  application  of  the  forceps  in  nor- 
mal and   deformed   pelves.      It  is  probable  that  in 


THE   APPLICATIOISr   OF   THE   FORCEPS.  113 

some  cases  of  pelvic  deformity  the  blades  cannot  be 
applied  to  the  sides  of  the  head.  But  I  utterly  deny 
even  the  difficulty  of  application  in  the  normal  pel- 
vis,  except  when  from  the  extreme  size  of  the  head 
no  method  is  adequate,  as  in  hydrocephalus.  This 
is  an  important  point,  since  the  rule  should  not  be 
conformed  to  the  cases  of  deformed  pelves,  which 
are  comparatively  rare,  but  to  those  in  which  the  pel- 
vis is  normal,  which  are  much  more  frequent. 
Leishmann  says  explicitly  :  "  Delivery  by  the  long 
forceps  may  practically  be  considered  as  an  operation 
in  w^hich  the  head  is  arrested  by  reason  of  contrac- 
tion of  the  pelvic  brim"  (Syst.  p.  4GG).  Secondly, 
there  is  not  enough  difference  made  in  the  manner 
of  introducing  the  blades.  The  English  have  indeed 
hardly  given  in  their  adhesion  to  the  use  of  the 
long,  double-curved  forceps,  having  shown  a  tend- 
ency to  protract  the  infancy  of  the  instrument  in  a 
characteristic  way.  Thirdly,  there  is  not  enough 
difference  made  in  the  manner  of  introducing  the 
second  blade,  and  it  is  improperly  introduced.  The 
teaching  of  Baudelocque,  Levret,  and  Cazeaux  is 
substantially  the  same  as  that  of  Leishmann,  which  is  : 
''  This  blade  may  also  be  passed  in  the  direction  of  the 
hollow  of  the  sacrum."  Schroeder,  p.  1?7,  is  more 
explicit.  "  Ho  takes  the  right  blade  in  the  right 
hand,  .  .  .  and  proceeds  in  the  same  way  as  just  de- 
scribed. Both  blades  are  now  situated  somewhat  be- 
hind,  and  in  order  to  lock  the  forceps,  either  both  or 


Hi  HOW   TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 

at  least  one  of  the  blades  must  bo  brought  forward  ; 
in  the  first  head  position  the  right-hand  blade. '^  In 
other  words,  one  blade  is  to  be  jiassed  under  the  left, 
the  other  under  tlie  right  sacro-iliac  arch,  after 
which  either  the  right  blade  is  to  be  brought  for- 
ward and  opposite  the  other,  or  both  are  to  be 
brought  to  the  sides  of  the  pelvis  until  they  are  op- 
posite. It  is  no  wonder  that  with  such  directions 
the  application  is  difficult.  Barnes,  p.  59,  says  : 
''  The  instrument  held  in  the  right  hand  lies  nearly 
parallel  with  the  mother's  left  thigh,  or  crossing  it 
with  only  a  slight  angle.  The  point  of  the  blade  is 
slipped  along  the  j)almar  aspect  of  the  fingers  in  the 
vagina,  across  the  shank  of  the  first?  blade  i7i  situ, 
inside  the  perineum  toward  the  hollow  of  the.  sacrum. 
As  the  point  has  to  describe  a  helicine  curve  to  get 
round  the  head-globe,  and  forward  in  the  direction 
of  Carus's  curve,  the  handle  is  now  depressed  and  car- 
ried backward  until  the  blade  lies  in  the  right  ili- 
um.^' I  do  not  wonder  at  his  abandoning  the  at- 
tempt to  apply  the  forceps  to  the  sides  of  the  head, 
if  the  second  blade  is  passed  in  this  fashion.  But  if 
it  is  held  at  first,  not  parallel  with  the  mother's 
thigh,  but  at  right  angles  with  it,  the  blade  may  be- 
gin to  curve  around  the  head  very  soon  after  it  en- 
ters the  vagina,  and  can  be  kept  in  front  w^ith  little 
difficulty.  And  so  far  from  it  being  proper  to  pass  the 
second  bladq  under  the  right  sacro-iliac  arch,  and 
then  bring  it  forward,  if  we  are  so  unfortunate  as  to 


THE   APPLICATION   OF   THE   FORCEPS.  115 

get  it  in  this  position,  it  should  at  once  be  withdrawn 
and  the  attempt  be  renewed  to  pass  it  properly.  One 
reason  Avhich  is  given  by  Barnes,  Fauntleroy,  and 
others,  for  the  pelvic  application  of  the  blades  is 
that  it  dispenses  with  the  need  for  our  knowing  the 
position  of  the  head  when  using  the  forceps.  But 
after  they  are  on,  it  is  of  great  importance  that  we 
should  know  in  which  canal  the  head  is  situated,  and 
whether  our  efforts  are  or  are  not  flexing  or  extending 
the  head,  which  cannot  be  done  unless  we  know  the 
position  of  the  head.  To  apply  the  forceps  in  a  haphaz- 
ard way  to  the  head  is  a  very  unscientific  procedure, 
and  is  not  safe  even  for  experts  with  the  forceps,  much 
less  for  the  unskilled  and  careless,  to  whom  the  doc- 
trine that  we  need  not  know  the  position  of  the  head 
comes  with  peculiar  comfort.  There  are  occasionally 
met  with  cases  in  which  the  determination  of  the  po- 
sition is  extremely  difficult,  but  to  make  these  the 
basis  of  a  rule  is  not  an  indication  of  progress  in  our 
science. 

The  rules  here  given  for  the  application  of  the 
forceps  to  the  first  position  of  the  vertex  at  the  inlet 
apply  equally  well  to  the  third  vertical  and  to  the 
first  and  third  facial  positions.  In  other  words, 
whenever  the  head  is  in  the  right  canal,  the  forceps 
are  to  be  thus  aj^plied.  As  this  embraces  the  great 
majority  of  cases  in  which  they  are  used,  the  doc- 
trine of  chances  would  lead  us  to  apply  them  in  this 
way  whenever  we  were  uncertain  as  to  the  position  of 


116  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

the  head.  Any  uncertainty,  however,  can  usually 
be  cleared  up  when  the  hand  is  introduced  as  a  pre- 
liminary to  passing  the  first  blade. 

When  the  head  is  in  the  second  or  fourth  positions, 
or  in  the  left  canal,  the  order  of  applying  the  blades  is 
reversed.  The  female  blade  is  first  to  be  introduced 
and  passed  under  the  right  sacro-iliac  arch.  The  male 
blade  is  then  introduced  upon  the  left  side  and  in  front 
in  a  similar  manner  to  the  introduction  of  the  second 
blade  in  the  first  position.  But  when  this  is  done  the 
forceps  cannot  at  once  be  locked,  since  the  blade  with 
the  pivot  will  come  on  top  of  the  blade  with  the  slot. 
We  therefore  take  hold  of  each  handle,  press  them 
well  back  towards  the  perineum,  and  at  the  same 
time  slip  the  handle  of  the  female  blade  over  and  across 
the  male  blade,  when  the  parts  of  the  lock  will  be  in 
proper  relation  to  one  another.  This  is  a  slight  incon- 
venience, but  by  no  means  as  great  as  that  attending 
the  reverse  method  of  introducing  the  blade,  in  which 
case  the  anterior  blade  will  be  decidedly  in  the  way 
while  introducing  the  posterior  one.  The  manoeuvre 
should  be  performed  with  care  and  gentleness,  re- 
membering that  the  points  of  the  blades  are  within 
the  uterus,  and  are  partaking  of  the  motion  commu- 
nicated to  the  handles.  When  the  forceps  are  ap- 
plied upon  a  liead  in  the  left  canal,  the  handles  will 
be  observed  to  extend  nearly  in  the  axis  of  the  initial 
plane  of  that  canal,  being  to  the  right  of  the  median 
line  and  with  their  face  directed  to  the  right. 


fHE    APPLICATION    OF   THE    FORCEPS.  117 

IL  At  the  outlet.  It  is  occasionally  necessary  to  ap- 
ply the  forceps  while  the  head  is  between  the  inlet  and 
outlet  of  the  pelvis,  and  therefore  imperfectly  rotated. 
The  application  is  made  in  substantially  the  same 
way  to  the  sides  of  the  child's  head.  Such  cases  are 
comparatively  infrequent.  If  the  head  passes  the  in- 
let it  is  rarely  detained  until  it  reaches  the  inferior 
strait,  and  has  accomplished  its  rotation.  At  this 
point,  or  when  resting  upon  the  perineum,  the  for- 
ceps are  most  frequently  needed.  As  the  sides  of  the 
head  correspond  to  the  sides  of  the  pelvis,  the  long 
diameter  of  the  head  being  in  the  median  line,  the 
blades  will  be  applied  to  the  opposite  sides  of  the  pel- 
vis, in  the  following-  manner  :  Two  fingers  of  the 
right  hand  being  introduced  as  a  guide,  the  male 
blade  is  taken  in  the  left  hand  and  held  at  right  an- 
gles to  the  median  line,  with  the  tip  of  the  blade  in 
the  vulva.  As  soon  as  the  blade  reaches  the  left  side 
of  the  head  the  handle  is  moved  spirally  downwards, 
backward,  and  onward,  while  the  blade  curves  around 
the  head  and  onwards  into  the  pelvis.  The  same 
procedure  with  changed  hands  is  repeated  with  the 
female  blade,  when  the  handle  will  be  found  in  the 
median  line,  but  not  pressed  against  the  perineum  as 
when  the  application  is  made  at  the  inlet.  But  no 
matter  where  the  head  is,  if  it  has  not  completely  ro- 
tated, the  application  should  be  made  to  the  side  of 
the  head,  which  cannot  be  denied  to  be  perfectly  fea- 
sible at  the  outlet,  whatever  may  be  thought  of  the 
higher  operation. 


118  HOW  TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 

III.  The  forceps  are  sometimes  applied  upon  the 
after-coming  head,  after  the  delivery  of  the  body  and 
arms  of  the  child.  The  method  is  the  same  as  when 
the  head  comes  first,  the  body  being  held  as  far  as 
possible  out  of  the  way  by  an  assistant  during  their 
application  and  use.  The  usefulness  of  the  forceps  in 
these  cases,  is,  however,  questionable.  Only  under 
exceptional  circumstances  can  the  child  live  during 
the  time  requisite  for  their  application.  If,  how- 
ever, manual  extraction  should  fail,  it  is  commonly 
advised  that  they  should  be  used,  though  Schroeder, 
for  example,  does  not  even  mention  the  possibility  of 
their  being  required.  It  is  worthy  of  note  that 
Barnes,  p.  75,  in  speaking  of  their  application  to  the 
after-coming  head  at  the  brim,  says  :  "  The  head  is  en- 
gaged with  its  long  axis  more  or  less  nearly  in  the  trans- 
verse diameter  of  the  brim.  The  blades  should  grasp 
it  in  an  oblique  diameter,  approaching  the  antero-pos- 
terior.''  If  this  is  difficult  when  the  head  comes  first 
it  is  much  more  difficult  in  head-last  labors.  Neither 
is  it  true  in  any  but  deformed  pelves  that  the  head 
enters  the  brim  transversely,  for  it  enters  either  the 
right  or  left  canal  in  the  same  fashion  as  when  it 
comes  first  ;  except  that  it  is  upsidedown.  The  head 
should  therefore,  if  possible,  be  grasped  by  the  for- 
ceps in  the  same  way,  but  the  body  and  neck  of  the 
child  are  so  much  in  the  way,  that  if  manual  efforts 
to  deliver  tlie  head  fail,  the  forceps  will  rarely  suc- 
ceed, and  craniotomy  will  be  the  only  resource.  Meigs 


THE   APPLICATION   OF   THE    FORCEPS.  119 

taught  that  the  practitioner  should  always  carry  the 
forceps  to  every  case^  lest  in  a  breech  case  the  child 
should  die  before  we  could  get  them.  But,  highly 
as  I  esteem  the  instrument,  I  fear  that  they  have 
saved  few  lives  under  such  circumstances. 

IV.  A  few  general  remarks  upon  the  application 
of  the  forceps  in  any  case  may  here  be  made.  First, 
they  should  not  be  introduced  during  a  "  pain  '^  or 
uterine  contraction.  The  passage  of  the  blade 
through  the  cervix  will  often  excite  a  contraction, 
which  speedily  subsides  if  the  manipulation  is  sus- 
pended, after  which  it  may  be  renewed.  Secondly, 
the  use  of  anaesthetics  is  neither  necessary  nor  advisa- 
ble. The  introduction  of  the  forceps  is  not  painful, 
or  at  least  no  more  painful  tlian  an  ordinary  uterine 
contraction.  The  sensations  of  the  woman  are  also 
an  invaluable  guide  and  safeguard  during  their  intro- 
duction. If  you  are  causing  pain  it  is  probably  be- 
cause you  are  not  passing  the  blade  properly,  and  the 
exclamations  of  the  woman  will  speedily  notify  you 
of  the  fact.  When  the  blades  are  locked,  you  are  in 
no  danger  of  pinching  the  maternal  tissues  if  the 
locking  is  painless.  But  if  the  woman  is  anaesthet- 
ized you  are  left  entirely  to  your  own  discretion. 
Although  a  careful  and  skilful  operator  will  not  do 
any  harm  with  them  under  any  circumstances,  it  is 
much  better  for  the  beginner  to  use  them  upon  a 
thoroughly  conscious  individual.  After  they  are 
once  applied  there  is  no  reason  in  the  operation  itself 


120  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

why  an  anaesthetic  should  be  withheld-,  though  I 
would  still  oppose  its  use,  for  reasons  foreign  to  the 
matter  in  hand,  and  therefore  inappropriate  for  dis- 
cussion in  these  pages.  Thirdly,  the  forceps  should 
never  be  taken  up  with  the  determination  to  apply 
and  use  them  ''  whether  or  no."  The  beginner,  and 
indeed  the  more  experienced  practitioner,  will  occa- 
sionally attempt  to  apply  them  in  an  unsuitable  case. 
If  when  he  finds  that  a  blade  does  not  go  on  readily 
or  that  the  blades  cannot  be  made  to  lock,  he  loses 
his  self-control,  and  dripping  with  perspiration  at- 
tempts to  force  circumstances  and  the  forceps  to 
obey  his  will,  he  will  surely  do  damage.  Force  is 
never  needed  in  their  application.  If  they  are  passed 
in  the  right  direction  they  will  find  their  place  in 
every  suit'xble  case.  Gentleness  and  skill  are  the 
needed  elements,  and  never  force.  If  these  fail,  let 
the  physician  send  for  some  one  else,  since  two  heads 
are  better  than  one.  Or,  if  he  is  remote  from  assist- 
ance, let  him  suspend  his  efforts  for  a  while,  medi- 
tate upon  the  cause  of  failure,  and  try  again. 
Fourthly,  if  the  blades  will  not  lock  readily,  it  is 
usually  the  fault  of  the  second  blade,  which  should 
be  taken  out  and  reapplied  instead  of  attempting  to 
force  the  blades  into  locking.  If,  after  due  trial,  the 
locking  is  still  impossible,  both  blades  may  be  taken 
out  and  reapplied,  while  the  position  of  the  head 
should  again  be  carefully  made  out,  since  a  mistake 
in  diagnosis  may  have  been  made,  or  the  positiori  it- 
self may  have  changed,  as  occasionally  happens. 


TRACTION.  121 


TRACTION. 


The  forcepg  having  been  applied,  the  next  ques- 
tion is,  what  are  we  to  do  with  them  ?  Are  we  to 
pull  the  head  out  by  direct  traction,  or  to  pry  it  out 
by  leverage,  and  shall  it  be  compressed  during  either 
of  these  movements  ? 

The  following  propositions  may  be  laid  down  as 
a  starting-point  :  First.  If  the  Davis  forceps  (or 
any  other  having  a  sufficient  pelvic  and  head-curve), 
are  applied  to  the  sides  of  a  head  at  the  inlet  in  the 
first  vertex  position,  the  general  line  of  the  blades 
will  be  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  presenting  plane  of 
the  head.  Secondly,  If  traction  is  made  in  the  line  of 
the  blades,  the  distal  ends  of  the  blades  will  press  upon 
the  head,  and  if  the  latter  is  movable  will  push  it  on- 
wards in  the  line  of  the  axis  of  the  presenting  plane. 
Thirdly.  If  during  traction  the  line  of  the  blades  is 
kept  parallel  with  the  axis  of  the  canal  in  which  the 
head  is  placed,  the  axis  of  the  presenting  plane  of 
the  head  will  be  kept  in  coincidence  with  the 
axis  of  the  canal  in  which  it  moves.  This  is  what 
takes  place  in  normal  labor,  and  this  is  what  it 
should  be  our  aim  to  imitate  with  the  forceps.  It 
ought  not  to  require  a  mathematical  demonstration 
to  show  that  when  the  head  is  kept  in  this  exact  re- 
lation with  the  pelvic  canal  it  will  move  with  the 
least  possible  expenditure  of  force.  If  instead  of 
this  the  force  be  so  directed  as  to  push  or  pull  it  al. 


122  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

ternately  against  the  sides  of  the  pelvis,  more  force 
will  be  required,  unless  the  laws  of  mechanics  are 
altered  for  the  benefit  of  obstetricians.  And  yet  the 
great  majority  of  obstetric  writers  recommend  that 
traction  be  supplemented  by  leverage,  and  that  the 
handles  of  the  forceps  should  be  swayed  from  side  to 
side  that  the  head  may  be  pried  out  as  well  as  pulled 
out  of  the  pelvis.  From  this  it  may  be  inferred, 
however  presumptuous  the  inference  may  seem,  thai 
they  do  not  make  traction  in  the  right  direction. 
Barnes  asserts  that  ''  pure  traction  is  almost  an  im- 
possibility," and  this  is  true  enough,  if  the  usual  di- 
rections for  the  use  of  the  forceps  are  complied  with. 
A  few  selections  from  authoritative  works  will  be 
sufficient  to  indicate  what  these  directions  are,  and  in 
what  they  result.  Cazeaux,  p.  970,  says  :  '^  If  the 
head  is  at  the  superior  strait,  we  mast  first  draw 
downwards  and  backwards  as  much  as  possible.'' 
But  how?  "  In  performing  the  tractions  the  right 
hand  is  placed  near  the  clams  (at  the  ends),  and 
above  the  instrument,  the  left  hand  in  front  of  tho 
articulation  and  beneath."  Leishmann,  p.  4G0, 
says  :  ''  The  handles  should  be  grasped  by  both 
hands.  .  .  The  force  should  be  applied  as  nearly 
as  possible  in  the  direction  of  the  axis  of  that  part  of 
the  pelvic  canal  within  which  the  head  lies  ;  and  the 
operator  should  act  by  combining  steady  traction 
with  a  swaying  motion  of  the  handles  from  side  to 
side."      Playfair,  p.   4G8,   says  :     ^'  When   once  the 


TRACTION.  123 

blades  are  locked  we  may  commence  our  ejfforts  at 
traction.  To  do  this  we  lay  hold  of  the  handles  with 
the  right  hand,  using  only  sufficient  compression  to 
give  a  firm  grasp  of  the  head  and  to  keep  the  blades 
from  slipping.  The  left  hand  may  be  advantageously 
used  in  assisting  and  supporting  the  right  during  our 
efforts  at  extraction,  and  at  a  late  stage  of  the  opera- 
tion maybe  employed  in  relaxing  the  perineum  w^hen 
stretched  by  the  head  of  the  child.  Traction  must 
always  be  made  in  reference  to  the  pelvic  axes,  being 
at  first  backwards,  towards  the  perineum,  etc.''  And 
so  on  through  obstetric  literature.  From  these 
meagre  directions  we  learn  that  we  are  to  pull  upon 
the  handles,  and  at  the  same  time  to  see  that  the  pull- 
ing is  in  the  axis  of  the  pelvis,  *'  as  nearly  as  possi- 
ble." That  it  is  not  possible  seems  to  be  quite  gen- 
erally suspected.  Hence  the  direction  of  Meadows, 
J).  224,  ''  When  using  curved  forceps,  we  sliould  pull 
less  with  the  handles  than  with  the  part  of  the  for- 
ceps between  the  handles  and  blades."  In  which 
case  we  would  insensibly  do  something  else  than  pull, 
as  will  be  presently  alluded  to.  Hodge  also,  p.  253, 
hints  that,  '"  While  the  practitioner  always  keeps  his, 
right  hand  on  the  handles,  the  left  may  be  variously 
employed,  sometimes  in  front  of  the  shanks,  so  as  to  de- 
press the  whole  head  toward  the  coccyx  and  perineum, 
tlien  again  the  fingers  may  be  applied  to  the  head  ol 
the  child  to  watch  its  progress,  and  eventually  to  the 
perineum,  so  as  to  prevent  mischief  from  laceration. 


124  HOW   TO    USE    THE    FORCEPS. 

etc.,  at  the  time  of  birth."  But  in  the  directions  for 
traction  we  have  only  a  reiteration  of  the  advice  to 
make  traction  and  in  the  pelvic  axis,  with  the  lever- 
age superadded.  I  have  not  the  slightest  doubt  that 
the  practice  of  Dr.  Hodge  was  superior  to  his  pre- 
cepts, and  Lusk  says  :  "  Many  indeed  seek  to  pre- 
vent the  anterior  pressure  of  the  forceps  by  placing 
the  left  hand  upon  the  lock  and  using  it  as  a  fulcrum 
around  which  rotation  is  effected.'^  Although  there 
is  no  written  precept  for  this,  I  have  seen  the  forceps 
used  rightly  by  more  than  one  who  would  have  stated, 
if  asked,  that  he  was  following  the  ordinary  rules.  But 
can  we,  by  pulling  upon  the  handles,  cause  the  head  to 
move  in  the  right  direction  ?  In  Fig.  23  we  have  a 
representation  of  the  forceps  applied  to  the  head  at 
the  inlet.  The  line  EP  indicates  in  a  general  way 
the  line  of  the  blades  and  also  as  nearly  as  can  be 
shown  in  an  antero-posterior  section  the  first  direc- 
tion in  which  the  head  should  move.  If  we  pull 
upon  the  handles,  we  will  pull  in  the  line  of  the 
handles,  and  every  part  of  the  blades  as  well  as  of 
the  head,  which  is  for  the  moment  immovably  con- 
nected witli  the  instrument,  will  move  in  a  line  paral- 
lel to  the  line  of  the  handles.  Hence  even  when  tlie 
handles  are  well  against  the  perineum  and  traction 
is  made  directly  downwards,  the  liead  will  be  pulled 
against  the  symphysis  pubis.  Practically,  it  is  diffi- 
cult to  avoid  elevating  the  handles  somewhat,  espe- 
cially if  the  force  is  great,  in  which  case  the  head  will 


TRACTION. 


125 


be  more  directly  and  inevitably  pulled  against  the 
symphysis.  Between  the  head  and  symphysis  will  be 
the  bladder  and  cervix  uteri,  which  will  suffer  more 
or  less,  according  to  the  amount  of  force  employed, 


Fig.  23. 

while  the  head  will  not  be  advanced.  Notwithstand- 
ing these  facts,  there  are  some  teachers  who  delib- 
erately advocate  the  most  powerful  traction  with  both 
hands  upon  the  handles  of  the  forceps. 

I  extract  from  current  medical  literature  a  case 
which  shows  that  this  teaching  is  carried  into  prac- 


126  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

tice,  and  that  it  sometimes  accomplishes  delivery. 
The  writer  has  gone  to  his  account.  '^  On  the  2d  of 
March,  I  attended  to  a  Mrs.  M.,  a  multipara,  third 
child.  The  two  first  were  delivered  by  craniotomy. 
The  vertex  presenting  K.  0.  A.,  and  impacted  be- 
tween sacrum  and  pubes  ;  the  conjugate  diameter  of 
superior  strait  greatly  contracted.  I  applied  forceps 
and  had  considerable  difficulty  in  locking  them. 
Dreading  the  laceration  which  might  ensue,  in  this 
case,  from  side-to-side  lever  action,  I  concluded  to 
rely  entirely  upon  direct  and  steady  traction.  My 
strength  giving  way,  her  husband  held  me  around  the 
waist,  whilst  the  patient  was  held  in  situ  on  the  dor- 
sum, by  four  women.  In  forty-five  minutes  I  had 
the  satisfaction  of  bringing  the  head  down  on  the 
perineum.  The  delivery  was  then  speedily  accom- 
plished. Both  mother  and  child,  a  girl,  did 
well."  This  is  simply  horrible,  and  yet  the  child 
was  born  and  the  mother  recovered.  Two  circum- 
stances probably  determine  the  delivery  when  the 
forceps  are  used  in  this  manner.  In  the  first  place 
the  head  finally  slides  off  from  the  pubes  as  from  an 
inclined  j^lane.  But  the  amount  of  force  requisite 
for  this  is  very  many  times  greater  than  that  wliich 
would  be  required  if  the  traction  were  made  in  the 
right  direction.  In  the  second  place,  the  head  being 
pressed  against  the  cervix,  irritates  the  uterus  into 
making  powerful  contractions,  which  both  impel  the 
child  in  the  proper  direction  and  to  some  extent  de- 


TRACTION. 


127 


fleet  the  tractile  force  of  the  forceps.  The  power 
which  the  forceps  have  in  determining  uterine  con- 
tractions by  the  mere  fact  of  their  presence  is  an  im- 
portant fact,  and  in  many  cases  greatly  diminishes 
the  amount  of  force  required  from  the  forceps  them- 
selves. 

Among  the  first  to  have  a  practicable  doubt  as 
to  the  possibility  of  making  traction  upon  the  han- 
dles in  the  proper  direction  was  Tarnier,  who  accord- 
ingly invented  a  pair  of  forceps  with  a  considerable 
pelvic  curve,  which  was  fitted  with  steel  rods  affixed 
to  the  lower  edge  of  the  blades, 
so  that  we  could  pull  in  the  line 
of  the  blades  and  not  in  that  of 
the  handles.  This  is  an  unne- 
cessarily ingenious  contrivance, 
since  we  possess  in  the  ordinary 
forceps  all  that  is  necessary  if  we 
will  use  them  correctly. 

The  method  which  seems  to 
me  to  be  the  correct  one,  I  will 
now  attempt  to  describe.  When 
the  forceps  are  applied  at  the  in- 
let the  handles  are  seized  by  the 
right  hand  from  above  and  held 
firmly,  compressing  the  head  as 
little   as   possible   at   first.     The  ^^^-  ^• 

left  hand  is  placed  so  that  the  ball  of  the  thumb 
comes  over  the  lock  (see  Fig.  24),  while  the  index- 


128  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

finger  rests  upon  the  upper  arm  of  one  blade,  and  the 
middle  finger  upon  the  other.  Xow,  while  the  right 
hand  holds  the  handles  almost  at  rest,  the  fingers  of 
the  ]ett  push  upon  the  blades  so  as  to  move  them  and 
the  contained  head  downwards,  backwards  and  a  lit- 
tle to  the  left  of  the  median  line.  Secondly,  while 
the  fingers  are  pushing  downwards  in  this  way,  we 
may  also  make  use  of  them  as  a  fulcrum,  and  by  ele- 
vating the  handles  cause  the  blades  to  move  in  an 
opposite  manner,  but  care  must  be  taken  that  the  force 
thus  applied  by  the  right  hand  is  not  enough  to  over- 
balance the  downward  pressure  of  the  left,  else  we 
will  merely  extend  the  head  without  propelling  it. 
It  is  sometimes  convenient  to  vary  the  position  of 
the  left  hand  and  fingers,  but  the  principle  is  the 
same,  that  pushing  and  not  pulling  is  the  first  step 
in  traction.  When  the  head  begins  to  descend  we 
may  place  three  fingers  between  the  blades,  the 
thumb  and  little  finger  being  upon  the  outside,  and 
combine  a  pulling  with  a  pushing  motion  upon  the 
blades.  But  throughout  the  handles  are  simply  ele- 
vated and  not  pulled  upon,  or  but  slightly,  having 
due  regard  to  the  proper  direction,  and  bringing 
them  into  the  median  line  only  when  the  head  has 
reached  the  inferior  strait.  When  the  head  is  deliv- 
ered the  handles  will  lie  upon  the  abdomen  of  the 
mother.  This,  in  brief,  is  the  method  which  I  cm- 
ploy  and  advise.  When  we  consider  the  compara- 
tively small  amount  of  force  which  the  fingers  can 


TRACTION.  129 

exert^  it  is  in  marked  contrast  to  the  method  of  em- 
ploying the  united  efforts  of  two  men  in  pulling  upon 
the  handles,  and  will  scarcely  be  credited  with  suffi- 
cient power  by  those  who  are  accustomed  to  use 
much  force.  But  when  we  reflect  upon  the  state- 
ments of  Poppel  and  Kristeller,  that  a  force  of  from 
four  to  eight  pounds  is  often  enough  to  expel  a  head 
that  had  lain  immovable  for  hours,  it  is  evident 
that  traction  in  the  right  direction  need  not  be  very 
forcible.  For  the  forceps  are  used  perhaps  oftener 
for  simple  uterine  inertia  than  for  any  other  reason, 
and  it  is  especially  in  these  cases  that  I  recommend 
this  method.  And  it  is  also  evident  that  traction 
which  impels  the  head  against  the  joubes  instead  of  in 
the  proper  pelvic  axis  must  always  be  unnecessarily 
powerful  in  every  instance.  When  this  method  is 
carefully  and  patiently  carried  out,  i  t  will  rarely  fail 
to  deliver  if  the  case  is  a  suitable  one  for  the  employ- 
ment of  the  forceps.  But  there  are  occasionally  met 
with  cases  in  which  more  force  is  demanded^  in 
which  the  method  must  be  modified.  In  such  cases 
we  may  pull  upon  the  handles  with  the  right  hand 
and  with  such  force  as  may  or  can  be  exerted,  while 
at  the  same  time  we  endeavor  to  deflect  the  force  in 
the  proper  direction  by  pushing  upon  the  blades  in 
front  of  the  lock  with  the  left  hand,  at  the  same 
time  making  use  of  the  leverage  above  described. 
But  under  no  circumstances  will  it  be  necessary  to 
pull  upon  the  handles  with  both  hands,  or  put  the 


130  HOW   TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 

foot  against  the  bed,  or  secure  additional  help  in 
traction.  If  the  force  which  can  be  exerted  in  the 
right  direction  in  this  way  is  incompetent  to  deliver 
the  child,  no  amount  of  force  wrongly  applied  will 
succeed  without  injuring  the  maternal  tissues  to  an 
utterly  unjustifiable  extent. 

Having  defined  what  I  mean  by  traction,  the  details 
of  the  operation  may  be  enumerated.  The  tractile 
efforts  should  be  made  during  the  continuance  of 
the  labor  pains,  if  the  latter  are  frequent  and  regular, 
and  suspended  in  the  interval  between  them.  But  as 
the  pains  will  rarely  be  of  this  character,  it  is  usually 
allowable  to  pay  little  attention  to  them.  They  should, 
however,  be  imitated,  with  some  exaggeration.  Trac- 
tion may  be  made  during  one  or  two  minutes,  and  then 
suspended  during  two  or  three  minutes.  There  are 
several  reasons  for  the  intermission.  In  the  first  place, 
continuous  pressure  will  be  undesirable  for  the  mother, 
and  will  weary  her.  To  give  rest  between  the  efforts 
is  therefore  necessary.  Secondly,  it  either  dilates  the 
vaginal  tissues  too  rapidly,  if  we  succeed  in  continu- 
ously advancing  the  head,  or  it  interferes  too  much 
with  the  circulation  in  tho  parts  in  advance  of  the 
head  if  the  latter  does  not  advance.  If  the  pressure 
is  intermittent  this  is  avoided.  Thirdly,  there  will 
be  more  or  less  compression  of  the  head  in  every  case. 
If  the  traction  is  continuous  the  compression,  what- 
ever its  degree,  will  be  continuous  and  the  circula- 
tion in  the  child's  brain  will    be  dangerously  inter- 


TRACTION.  131 

fered  with  as  well  as  that  of  the  parts  to  which  the 
blades  are  directly  applied.  For  this  reason  it  is  ad- 
visable, whenever  we  have  ceased  traction  tempora- 
rily, to  partially  or  wholly  unlock  the  forceps  in 
order  to  take  off  all  compression  exerted  by  them 
This  is  done  by  sliding  the  female  branch  partly  or 
altogether  from  under  the  button  of  the  male  branch. 
When  we  resume  traction,  the  simple  grasping  the 
handles  relocks  the  instrument,  and  allows  us  to  pro- 
ceed as  before. 

The  whole  time  occupied  in  traction  varies  great- 
ly in  different  circumstances.  In  a  simple  case 
of  uterine  inertia  without  disproportion,  the  only 
consideration  in  the  way  of  immediate  delivery 
is  the  due  preparation  of  the  soft  parts.  Ten  or 
fifteen  minutes  is  all  that  is  usually  required  by 
the  multiparous  woman  for  the  accomplishment  of  this 
part  of  labor  naturally,  and  we  may  conform  to  this 
in  using  the  forceps.  Where  there  is  much  dispropor- 
tion, w^e  may  have  to  wait  much  longer  before  we  can 
deliver,  during  which  time  the  head  is  moulded,  as  in 
protracted  labor  without  the  forceps.  I  do  not  think 
that  any  rule  can  be  laid  down  as  to  the  longest  limit 
of  traction.  Ellwood  Wilson  has  kept  them  on  for 
eight  hours  (Am.  J.  Ob.,  1876),  using  them  only  dur- 
ing the  pains  and  merely  to  assist  the  latter.  This 
is  an  exercise  of  patience  which  would  overtask  most 
of  us,  and  would  not  be  safe  as  a  rule  for  general  ap- 
plication.    The  duration  of  the  second  stage  of  labor 


132  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

for  eight  hours,  with  the  head  well  in  the  pelvis,  is 
not  entirely  devoid  of  danger,  under  any  circum- 
stances, though  when  we  reflect  that  the  compres- 
sion of  the  head  by  the  forceps  really  relieves  the 
maternal  tissues  to  that  extent,  it  is  probable  that 
labor  might  be  allowed  to  continue  much  longer 
while  the  forceps  were  applied  than  without  them. 
When  we  Snd  that  the  head  does  not  advance  under 
our  efforts,  made  in  the  proper  direction  and  with  full 
compression,  we  may  decide  when  to  abandon  the 
forceps  for  the  perforator  by  the  condition  of  the 
mother.  So  long  as  that  continues  good  and  the  pel- 
vic tissues  show  no  signs  of  injurious  pressure,  we 
may  continue  our  efforts  until  thoroughly  satisfied 
that  the  head  cannot  be  delivered  by  the  forceps.  But 
in  the  vast  majority  of  cases,  if  the  forceps  can  be  ap- 
plied and  locked,  they  will  be  competent  to  deliver, 
under  an  hour.  And  it  cannot  be  too  often  repeated 
that  there  is  nothing  to  be  gained  by  becoming  im- 
patient and  hanging  with  our  whole  weight  upon  the 
handles  of  the  instrument.  So  long  as  force  is  ap- 
plied in  the  right  direction,  any  amount  which  can 
be  exerted  may  be  employed.  The  safeguard  is  that ! 
a  great  deal  of  force  cannot  be  applied  in  the  right , 
direction,  and  if  it  is  used  in  any  other  direction  it 
becomes  at  once  unjustifiable,  whatever  its  amount. 

When  the  head  is  upon  tlie  perineum,  it  is  some- 
times  well  to  make  tractions  between  the  pains,  and 
not  during  tlicir  continuance.     This  applies  mainly 


TRACTION.  133 

when  the  expulsive  efforts  are  violent^  for  in  that  case 
the  added  force  from  the  forceps  will  favor  perineal 
laceration.  This  plan  was  first  suggested  by  the  late 
Dr.  S.  D.  Turney,  and  will  sometimes  be  found  use- 
ful. There  are  some  who  recommend  that  the  for- 
ceps should  be  removed  when  the  perineum  has  be- 
come greatly  distended,  for  fear  of  laceration. 

The  forceps  give  us  such  a  thorough  control  over 
the  head  and  its  movements  that  I  believe  they  are  a 
great  help  to  prevent  rather  than  to  cause  this  acci- 
dent. We  can  hold  back  or  advance,  flex  or  extend 
the  head  with  entire  ease,  as  may  be  needed.  But  to 
do  this  successfully  requires  coolness,  judgment,  and 
quickness,  and  a  wrong  turn  of  the  forceps  at  the 
critical  moment  will  certainly  cause  a  laceration  if 
this  is  at  all  imminent.  If  a  person  is  not  quite  sure 
of  himself,  he  had  therefore  better  take  them  off 
rather  than  wield  a  power  potent  for  evil  as  well  as 
good.  When  they  are  removed  the  head  may  be  ex- 
tracted by  the  form  of  rectal  manipulation  known  as 
the  Eitgen-Goodell  method,  although  Smellie  (Coll. 
19,  cases  1-2)  described  and  used  it,  and  gave  the 
credit  to  Ould.  Two  fingers  are  introduced  into  the 
rectum  and  placed  upon  the  forehead  of  the  child, 
while  the  thumb  of  the  same  hand,  or  fingers  of  the 
other  hand,  are  placed  upon  the  occiput  through  the 
vulva.  The  head  is  then  manoeuvred  out  in  a  manner 
easier  to  perform  than  to  describe.  When  this  is 
done  during  the  absence  of  a  pain  we  certainly  escape 


134  HOW   TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 

from  rupturing  the  perineum,  so  far  as  the  head  is 
concerned. 

In  taking  off  the  forceps  when  the  head  is  on 
the  perineum  we  consider  mainly  the  head-curve 
of  the  instrument.  Having  separated  the  lock,  one 
of  the  handles  is  moved  across  the  median  line  so  as 
to  lie  in  the  groin  of  the  opposite  side,  which  will 
cause  the  blade  to  glide  out  of  the  vagina  without  dis- 
turbing the  head  at  all.  The  same  is  done  with  the 
opposite  blade  in  the  contrary  direction.  When  for 
any  reason  it  becomes  necessary  to  remove  the  for- 
ceps at  a  higher  level,  the  pelvic  curve  may  have  to 
be  considered,  or  in  other  words  the  blades  are  with- 
drawn in  the  same  manner  in  which  they  are  applied, 
with  a  reversal  of  direction. 

COMPRESSIOK. 

• 

The  utility  of  the  forceps  as  a  compressor  is 
beyond  question,  since  the  bi-parietal  diameter  is 
capable  of  being  diminished  by  their  use  from  a 
half  inch  to  an  inch.  As  we  can  reduce  the  antero- 
posterior diameter  in  another  way,  Ave  can  by  com- 
pression greatly  facilitate  delivery.  But  when  the 
forceps  are  not  applied  to  the  sides  of  the  head  we 
must  be  very  careful  how  we  use  compression  on  the 
living  child.  Tlie  question  in  such  a  case  is  not  so 
much  whether  we  can  diminish  tlie  size  of  tlie  head 
by  compression,  but  whether  we  will  not  cut  and  in- 
jure the  head  by  it.     Wlien  applied  to  the  sides  of 


LEVERAGE.  135 

the  head,  and  this  should  include  the  great  majority 
of  cases,  compression  carefully  performed  is  entirely 
innocuous  and  of  great  benefit.  It  should  in  every  in- 
stance be  performed  slowly,  evenly,  and  gently,  and 
should  be  maintained  only  for  a  minute  or  two  at 
most,  with  an  interval  of  relaxation  following.  If 
the  head  is  suddenly  squeezed  in  the  forceps,  or  if  the 
handles  are  tied  together,  as  the  manner  of  some  is, 
harm  will  be  done  as  a  matter  of  course.  But  if  ef- 
fected as  stated  above,  the  full  compressing  power  of 
the  instrument  may  be  exerted  without  injury  to  the 
child.  I  have  been  surprised  to  find  after  the  fullest 
compression,  but  intermittently  applied,  that  not 
even  a  temporary  imprint  of  the  blades  could  be  dis- 
covered upon  the  child's  head  within  ten  minutes  af- 
ter its  delivery.  I  do  not  think  that  anything  is  ever 
gained  by  continuous  compression.  The  head  can 
be  moulded  to  much  better  advantage,  even  in  the 
most  difficult  cases,  by  systematically  intermitting 
both  traction  and  compression,  even  when  the  ques- 
tion of  the  child's  life  is  not  under  consideration. 

LEVERAGE. 

The  action  of  the  forceps  as  a  lever  may  be  in- 
voked in  some  cases,  for  the  purpose  of  flexing  or 
extending  the  head,  but  I  hasten  to  add  that  it  is 
not  to  be  used  to  pry  out  the  head  by  ^^  to  and 
fro/'  leverage,  as  is  so  generally  taught.  Denman, 
p.    376,    recommended    to   use    the   forceps    almost 


136  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

exclasively  as  a  lever.  ''  The  first  action  with  them 
should  therefore  be  made  by  bringing  the  handles, 
grasped  firmly  in  one  or  both  hands,  to  prevent  the 
instrument  from  playing  upon  the  head  of  the  child, 
slowly  toward  the  pubes,  until  they  come  to  a  full 
rest.  Having  waited  a  short  interval  with  them  in 
this  situation,  the  handles  must  be  carried  back  in 
the  same  slow  and  steady  manner  to  the  perineum, 
exerting  as  they  are  carried  in  the  different  direc- 
tions, a  certain  degree  of  extracting  force  ;  and  after 
waiting  another  internal,  they  are  again  to  be  raised 
toward  the  pubes  according  to  the  situation  of  the 
handles."  As  this  would  only  alternately  flex  and 
extend  the  head,  as  well  as  interfere  with  any  right 
direction  of  traction,  it  is  no  wonder  that  Denman 
preferred  the  vectis,  about  the  use  of  which  he  ap- 
pears to  have  had  a  more  intelligent  understanding. 
The  more  modern  method  is  known  as  the  "  pendu- 
lum leverage"  or  "  lateral  oscillations,"  and  consists 
in  swaying  the  blades  from  side  to  side  while  making 
traction.  This  is  supposed  to  act  on  the  principle  of 
the  ratchet.  One  side  of  the  head  is  brought  down 
and  is  expected  to  stay  down  while  by  a  reversal  of 
the  instrument  the  other  side  is  brought  to  the  same 
or  a  lower  level,  and  so  on  until  it  is  extracted. 
Barnes  claims  to  be  able  to  deliver  in  this  wav  al- 
most  without  any  traction.  Even  if  it  were  true 
that  this  method  of  leverage  was  preferable  to  trac- 
tion in  the  pelvic  axis,  and  advanced  the  head,  it  is 


LEVEKAGE. 


137 


pertinent  to  inquire  how  this  is  effected.  If  it  is 
done  at  all,  it  must  be  by  making  each  side  of  the 
pelvis  alternately  a  fulcrum,  against  which  the  for- 
ceps are  pried.  As  J.  Matthews  Duncan  says,  there 
is  no  toothed  rack  in  the  pelvis.  Therefore,  when 
we  bring  down  one  side  of  the  head  we  must  press  it 
with  great  Brmaess  against  the  pelvic  walls  if  we  ex- 
pect it  to  retain  its  position  while  the  other  side  of  the 
head  is  being  brought  down.  In  other  words,  the  steel 
blades  of  the  forceps  or  the  parietal  protuberances  are 
alternately  jammed  against  the  maternal  tissues  inter- 
vening between  them  and  the  pelvic  walls  upon  each 
side  whenever  this  delectable 
form  of  leverage  is  resorted  to. 
And  this  happens  whether  the 
head  really  is  advanced  by  it  or 
not.  That  it  does  not  advance 
the  head  seems  to  me  to  have 
been  so  clearly  shown  by  Dr. 
A.  H.  Smith  that  I  take  the 
liberty  of  quoting  largely  from 
his  paper  (Fig.  25).  "  Let  PW 
and  P'W  be  the  pelvic  walls 
in  section  made  in  the  plane  of 
tiie  maximum  diameter,  and  of 
that  transverse  diameter,  the 
ends  of  which  are  grasped  by 
the  blades.     Let   MM'  be  the  ^.o.  25.-apteb  a.  H.  Sm.tb. 

maximum    diameter,    corresponding    with   the   axis 


138  HOW    TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 

of  the  canal,  GD  the  transverse  (whether  bi-parietal 
or  other)  these  two  crossing  each  other  at  A,  which 
will  then  be  the  centre  of  oscillation  of  the  head  in 
any  pendulum  movement  of  the  handles  and  the  cen- 
tre of  motion  in  a  direct  traction.  Let  us  draw 
through  this  centre  two  oblique  diameters,  00,  O'O', 
and  also  from  the  extremity  of  the  line  GD  an 
oblique  line  to  a  point  0,  on  the  periphery  of  the 
head  nearer  to  M'.  FBB'  will  represent  the  blades 
of  the  forceps  through  the  fenestra  of  which  the  tis- 
sues of  the  scalp  should  protrude  sufficiently  to  rest 
firmly  against  the  pelvic  walls,  unless  the  blades  be 
narrow,  when  the  scalp  tissue  will  come  in  contact 
with  the  pelvis  at  the  sides  of  the  blades.  .  .  . 
What  will  be  the  effect  of  pure  oscillation,  or  leverage 
as  it  is  called,  with  compression,  but  without  trac- 
tion, the  method  recommended  by  Dr.  Barnes  ?  The 
first  movement,  say,  will  carry  the  handles  toward  W  ; 
the  head,  then,  being  '  immovably  united  to  the  for- 
ceps,' must  rotate  upon  an  axis  passing  through  A, 
perpendicular  to  the  transverse  GD,  which  transverse 
also  rotates,  the  extremity  G  moving  upward  toward 
P,  and  the  extremity  D  correspondingly  descending 
toward  W.  But  as  the  diameter  GD  moves,  so  does 
the  oblique  diameter  00,  passing  through  A,  move 
also  proportionally  ;  0  following  G  upward,  as  0  fol- 
lows D  downward,  and  the  extremities  of  this  oblique 
diameter  come  to  assume  the  position, in  relation  to  the 
nlane  of  the  pelvis  occupied  before  this  lateral  move- 


LEVERAGE.  139 

ment,  by  the  extremities  of  the  transverse  diameter. 
But  we  know  that  every  oblique  diameter  of  an  ovoid 
passing  through  the  centre  of  the  greatest  transverse 
diameter  is  greater  than  the  transverse,  and  that  the 
increased  length  is  proportionate  to  the  distance  of  its 
extremities  on  the  periphery  from  those  of  the  trans- 
verse. The  more  considerably,  then,  we  move  the 
handles  towards  W,  the  more  we  place  the  longer  di- 
ameter of  the  head  in  the  position  originally  occu- 
pied by  the  transverse  diameter.  As  the  handles 
swing  back,  approaching  the  median  line,  the  diam- 
eter in  relation  with  the  jilane  diminishes  until  the 
handles  pass  the  median,  and  are  made  to  approach 
W  ;  when  the  same  clumge  takes  place  in  the  bearing 
of  the  extremities  of  the  oblique  diameter  O'C,  and 
this  diameter  takes  the  place  of  the  transverse  against 
the  pelvic  walls.  Here,  then,  we  have  a  demonstra- 
tion sufficiently  clear  .  .  .  that  oscillation  with- 
out traction  simply  brings  to  press  upon  the  pelvic 
walls,  with  a  sort  of  slow  vibratory  impact,  portions 
of  the  head  farther  separated  from  each  other  than 
the  points  which  rested  in  contact  with  those  walls 
before  the  swaying  motion  was  started  ;  that  while 
the  pelvic  wall  is  subjected  to  alternations  of  exces- 
sive pressure  and  partial  relief,  there  is  nothing  in 
the  movement  itself  to  advance  the  head  an  iota,  the 
side  which  descends  with  the  swaying  of  the  handles 
in  one  direction,  ascending  equally  (unless  driven 
down  by  the  vis  a  tergo,  which  acts  altogether  inde- 


140  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

pendently  of  it)  when  the  handles  are  swayed  in  the 
opposite  direction." 

In  the  same  manner  he  demonstrates  that 
'^  leverage  with  traction  is  simply  traction  plus 
an  aggravation  of  pressure  upon  surfaces  already 
so  tightly  compressed  by  the  circumference  of  the 
child's  head  as  to  obstruct  its  advance  toward  the 
outlet  of  the  pelvis. '^  As  I  have  already  shown,  the 
proper  direction  of  traction  at  first  is  not  in  the 
median  line,  but  somewhat  to  one  side,  in  the  axis  of 
the  canal  in  which  the  head  is  placed.  With  every 
other  lateral  oscillation  therefore,  the  head  is  so  far 
forth  impelled  by  the  coincident  traction  in  that  axis, 
which  may  account  for  the  success  in  delivery  which 
is  claimed  for  this  method.  But  it  is  hardly  neces- 
sary to  add  that  it  is  not  expedient  to  subject  the 
mother's  tissues  to  pressure  for  the  sake  of  occasion- 
ally making  traction  in  the  right  direction,  when  it 
is  equally  easy  to  make  it  directly  and  uniformly  in  a 
proper  manner. 

The  forceps  have  a  proper  use  as  a  lever  ;  first  in 
flexing  the  head. 

a,  Flexion. — A  delay  in  the  flexion  of  the  head  may 
be  and  not  infrequently  is  the  sole  cause  of  delay  in 
the  advance  of  the  head.  AVe  may,  in  such  a  case, 
apply  the  forceps  and  by  simple  traction  deliver,  but 
as  the  occipito-frontal  diameter  is  thus  kept  coinci- 
dent with  the  successive  pelvic  planes,  unless  the 
head  is  spontaneously  flexed  in  transit  by  the  influ- 


LEVERAGE.  141 

ence  of  the  pelvic  walls,  a  greater  amount  of  force  is 
required  to  deliver  than  if  the  cervico-bregmatic  di- 
ameter had  been  substituted.  Preliminary  flexion 
of  the  head  is  therefore  very  desirable.  If  the  head 
is  not  flexed  the  blades  of  the  forceps  are  not  parallel 
to  the  occipito-mental  diameter  of  the  head  when  ap- 
plied, which  should  be  the  case  when  the  head  is  thor- 
oughly flexed.  After  applying  them  in  such  a  case, 
then,  before  thoroughly  locking  the  instrument, 
we  may  elevate  the  handles.  This  will  allow  the 
blades  to  glide  over  the  head  and  become  joarallel  to 
the  occipito-mental  diameter.  We  then  slowly  and 
firmly  compress  the  head  with  the  handles  in  this 
position,  and  when  the  head  is  thoroughly  grasped 
we  return  the  handles  to  their  original  position,  press- 
ing against  the  perineum,  at  the  same  time  pushing 
them  gently  farther  into  the  pelvis  in  order  to  slight- 
ly lift  the  head  from  the  brim  while  the  movement  is 
being  made.  This  will  flex  the  head,  so  that  in  some 
cases  the  amount  of  force  required  for  extraction  will 
be  very  slight,  if  indeed,  the  uterine  efforts  are  not 
entirely  sufficient.  This  manceuvre  in  competent 
hands  is  devoid  of  danger,  but  the  blades  must  be 
upon  the  sides  of  the  head,  and  we  must,  of  course, 
accurately  know  the  position  of  the  head  before  at- 
tempting to  change  it. 

In  occipito-posterior  positions  the  same  principle 
may  be  brought  to  bear  with  great  advantage.  The 
rotation  of  the  occiput  forward  is  promoted  by  ex- 


142  HOW   TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 

treme  liexion.  At  the  very  beginning,  we  then,  may 
secure  this  in  the  following  manner  :  The  handles 
are  pressed  back  firmly  against  the  perineum,  as  each 
blade  is  introduced.  The  head  is  then  carefully 
grasped  and  the  handles  elevated.  Traction  is  then 
made  with  the  liandles  in  an  elevated  position  in 
order  to  keep  the  head  flexed  as  much  as  possible.  A 
similar  elevation  of  the  handles  is  sometimes  useful 
during  the  perineal  stage  of  an  occipito-anterior  posi- 
tion in  order  to  extend  an  unduly  flexed  head.  The 
application  of  the  same  principle  in  facial  positions 
is  sufficiently  obvious,  as  well  as  in  a  condition  of  too 
great  lateral  obliquity  in  the  vertex  loositions.  As 
compression  reduces  the  bi-parietal  diameter,  and 
flexion  shortens  the  antero-posterior  diameter,  the 
combination  of  the  two  procedures  decreases  the  en- 
tire circumference  of  the  head. 

i,  Rotation,  — It  is  also  possible  to  use  the  forceps 
to  rotate  the  head,  but  this  a23plication  of  the  instru- 
ment is  rarely  proper  or  useful.  In  occipito-anterior 
positions  the  pelvic  walls  will  effect  rotation  much 
better  than  we  can,  if  we  are  careful  to  make  the  trac- 
tion in  the  right  direction.  All  we  need  do  is  to  see 
that  we  do  not  hold  the  handles  in  such  a  manner  as 
to  interfere  witli  rotation.  But  in  occipito-posterior 
and  mento-posterior  positions  the  desirability  of 
early  anterior  rotation  is  so  apparent  tluit  there  is  a 
strong  temptation  to  bring  it  about  with  the  forceps  at 
all  hazards.     In  these  positions,  when  the  liead  is  at 


LEVERAGE.  143 

the  inlet,  it  is  highly  improper  to  attempt  anterior 
rotation  with  a  pair  of  forceps  having  a  decided  pel- 
vic curve.  The  form  of  the  instrument  distinctly 
prohibits  this. 

The  voice  of  experience  is  equally  clear  against 
making  the  attempt  with  the  straight  forceps.  If 
then  we  cannot  secure  anterior  rotation  by  manipu- 
lation, either  internal  or  external  or  both  combined, 
we  may  apply  the  forceps  to  the  sides  of  the  head  as 
it  lies  and  make  traction  in  the  axis  of  the  canal  in 
which  it  is  placed  without  any  present  reference  to 
its  rotation.  We  should  exert  as  little  compressing 
force  upon  the  head  as  possible,  for  this  reason. 
When  the  head  nears  the  inferior  strait  it  tends  to 
undergo  anterior  rotation  according  to  a  mechanism 
described  in  a  preceding  section.  As  the  parietal 
protuberances  project  through  the  fenestra  of  the 
blades  the  mere  presence  of  the  forceps  does  not  in- 
terfere with  this,  and  anterior  rotation  may  take 
place  by  the  head  turning  inside  the  blades  of  the 
forceps.  This  has  not  unfrequently  been  noticed. 
Decided  compression  tends  to  allow  the  head  to  come 
down  without  sufficient  contact  with  the  pelvic  walls 
to  compel  rotation,  especially  if  the  tractile  force  is 
considerable  at  the  same  time.  The  fact  of  its  oc- 
currence will  be  generally  indicated  by  a  tendency  of 
the  blades  to  slide  together  posteriorly,  when  the  for- 
ceps are  unlocked  in  the  intervals  of  traction.  For 
as  a  uterine  contraction  comes  on,  before  the  forceps 


144  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

are  locked  the  head,  in  attempting  to  rotate,  carries 
one  of  the  blades  with  it,  leaving  the  other  station- 
ary. This  at  least  is  the  explanation  I  have  framed 
from  observing  the  phenomena,  though  it  is  not  en- 
tirely adequate.  For  under  these  circumstances  it 
may  happen  that  as  soon  as  the  forceps  are  unlock- 
ed, and  when  there  is  no  uterine  contraction,  the  pos- 
terior edges  of  the  blades  at  once  approximate,  which 
perhaps  shows  that  during  the  last  traction  the  head 
was  prevented  from  rotating  anteriorly  by  the  man- 
ner in  which  the  forceps  were  held  ;  but  as  soon  as 
it  is  released  from  their  influence  it  rotates,  carrying 
one  of  the  blades  with  it.  If  the  position  of  the 
blades  is  not  much  altered  they  may  be  carefully 
made  to  come  opposite  to  each  other  without  with- 
drawing them,  but  if  their  relative  position  is  much 
disturbed,  it  is  an  evidence  that  anterior  rotation  is 
nearly  or  quite  complete,  and  they  may  be  withdrawn 
and  re-applied  as  in  an  anterior  position.  I  have 
witnessed  these  changes  taking  place  during  the  de- 
scent of  a  mento-posterior  position,  and  have  re-ap- 
plied the  forceps  accordingly.  The  innocuousness 
of  the  proceeding  was  shown  by  the  fact  that  not 
even  a  temporary  imprint  of  the  blades  was  discover 
able  upon  the  head  immediately  after  birth.  If  the 
head  is  large  it  will  not  rotate  within  the  forceps, 
but  may  rotate  with  them.  It  is  in  just  such  cases 
that  it  seems  most  plausible  that  we  should  force  an- 
terior rotation  with  the  instrument.     For  if  it  fails 


LEVERAGE.  145 

to  occur  we  will  have  to  drag  the  occiput  over  the 
perineum,  or  in  the  case  of  the  mento-posterior  posi- 
tion be  utterly  foiled  in  the  delivery.  Nevertheless, 
forced  rotation  will  almost  invariably  prove  to  be  a 
meddlesome  interference.  And  although  the  situa- 
tion seems  to  call  for  the  limit  of  tractile  force,  we 
should  also  be  very  chary  of  this  as  well. 

If  traction  is  very  powerful  at  this  juncture,  com- 
pression will  almost  certainly  be  also  carried  to  its 
extreme  limit,  and  we  may  pull  the  head  through  the 
inferior  strait  posteriorly  and  destroy  all  hope  of  an- 
terior rotation.     What  is  needed  is  moderate  and 
patient  traction,  and  a  slight  motion  of  rotation  ;  so 
slight  as  to  be  of  little  service  for  effecting  a  change 
of  position  in  itself  and  only  to  test  the  inclination 
of  the  head.     If  the  head  is  manifestly  inclined  to 
rotate  it  may  be  .2:ently  assisted,  but  force  will  do  no 
good  and  may  do  harm.     The  head  and  the  pelvic 
walls  between  them  will  determine  the  exact  level 
and  time  at  which  rotation  can  be  effected  much  bet- 
ter than  we  can,  and  we  should  therefore  only  assist 
it  when  actually  being  performed  and  not   prema- 
turely urge  it.      When  the  head  is  at  the  inferior 
strait  so  much  of  the  blades  are  exterior,  that  the 
intra-vaginal  portion  of  the  instrument  is  sufficient- 
ly straight  to  make  it  entirely  proper  to  allow  the  ro- 
tation to  take  place  with  the  forceps  applied.     But 
when  it  has  occurred  they  should    be  withdrawn, 
when  they  may  be  re-applied,  or  the  case  left  to  the 


146  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FOKCEPS. 

uterine  contractions.  There  are  two  principal  rea- 
sons for  not  attempting  to  force  rotation.  In  the 
first  place  rotation  is  normally  accompanied  by  de- 
scent. The  head  begins  to  rotate  at  the  level  of  the 
ischial  spines,  but  at  the  end  of  the  movement  may 
have  reached  the  perineum. 

The  exact  proportion  of  descent  and  rotation  in  a 
given  case  is  determined  by  circumstances  which  we 
know  nothing  about  in  a  given  case,  and  not  even  a 
skilful  operator  can  cause  the  head  to  rotate  anteri- 
orly as  well  as  the  natural  conditions  spontaneously 
bring  about.  On  the  contrary  he  may  impede  the 
process  by  his  efforts.  In  the  second  place,  a  cer- 
tain proportion  of  cases  cannot  be  rotated  ante- 
riorly without  twisting  the  neck  of  the  child  to  a 
fatal  extent,  and  doubtfully  even  then.  When  the 
back  of  the  child's  body  is  posteriorly  situated  in 
the  womb  this  is  true,  and  this  cannot  always  be 
known  beforehand  or  remedied  by  manipulation. 
To  patiently  make  moderate  tractions  in  such  a  way 
as  not  to  interfere  with  rotation,  and  to  keep  the 
head  well  flexed,  should  be  our  aim  in  occipito-pos- 
terior  positions. 

WHEN   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

The  forceps  may  be  used  under  the  following  cir- 
cumstances. 

I.  For  delay  in  the  second  stage  of  labor,  arising 
from  :  a,  uterine  inertia  ;  Z>,  small  size  of  vagina  ;  r, 


WHEN   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS.  147 

rigidity  of  maternal  tissues  ;  d,  obstructions  from 
bands,  etc.  ;  e,  large  size  of  head  ;  f,  want  of  flexion  ; 
g,  pelvic  deformity. 

II.  For  delay  in  the  first  stage  occasionally,  as  in  : 
a,  placenta  previa  ;  5,  rigidity  of  the  os  uteri  ;  c, 
absence  of  a  natural  dilating  agent. 

III.  For  certain  accidents  of  labor,  in  any  stage, 
and  when  rapid  delivery  is  indicated,  as  :  a,  convul- 
sions ;  h,  prolapse  of  the  funis  ;  c,  excessive  uterine 
action  menacing  rupture. 

IV.  For  certain  secondary  purposes  as  for  :  a, 
extraction  of  the  child  after  rupture  of  the  uterus  ; 
h,  after  gastro-hysterotomy  or  elytrotomy  ;  c,  for  re- 
moving tumors  and  foreign  bodies  from  the  maternal 
passages. 

The  forceps  have  been  and  may  be  used  for  any  of 
these  conditions,  though  the  advisability  of  their  use 
in  a  given  case  must  depend  upon  the  individual  cir- 
cumstances then  present,  and  not  entirely  upon  a 
general  rule. 

I.  It  is  first'  in  order  to  define  what  is  meant  by 
delay  in  the  second  stage,  or  what  measure  of  delay 
calls  for  the  use  of  the  forceps. 

When  the^  os  uteri  has  become  fully  dilated  and 
the  liquor  amnii  has  escaped,  the  great  majority  of 
multiparous  women  are  delivered  within  a  few  min- 
utes. A  second  stage  of  five  or  ten  minutes'  dura- 
tion is  very  frequently  observed  and  fifteen  minutes 
is  probably  above  the  average  in  normal  labor.     In 


148  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

primiparae,  the  dilatation    of    the  vagina  and  peri- 
neum usually  takes  up  more  time,  so  that  from  a  half- 
hour  to  an  hour  is  not  far  from  the  average  in  this 
class  of  cases.     The  length  of  the  first  stage  has  little 
to   do  with  that  of  the  second.     A  first  stage    of 
twenty-four  hours  may  be  followed  by  delivery  in  ten 
minutes,  when  once  the  os  uteri  is  dilated,  and  a  first 
stage  of  two  hours  may  be  followed  by  a  second  stage 
of  many  hours.     The  second  stage  may  be  protracted 
from  any  of  the  causes  mentioned  under  this  head  at 
the  beginning  of  the  section,  the  most  common  of 
which  is  uterine  inertia,  or  a  want  of  siifficieyit  pro- 
pulsive power,  for  the  term  is  a  rather  relative  one. 
If  the  case  is  protracted  beyond  the  average  limit 
we  may  ask  ourselves  three  questions  :    First,  What 
harm  does  the  delay  do  ?  Second,  Can  we  safely  inter- 
fere ?  Third,  Of  what  advantage  to  either  the  mother 
or  child  will  the  leaving  the  case  to  "  Nature  "  be  ? 
First.  Delay  in  labor,   especially  in  the  second 
stage,  injures  the  mother  and  child  in  direct  propor- 
tion to  the  length  of  its  continuance  and  the  depth 
to  which  the  head  has  descended  in  the  pelvis.   Each 
expulsive  effort  is  attended  with  an  expenditure  of 
vital  force,  while  at  the  same  time  the  functions  of 
digestion  and  assimilation  are  so  interfered  with  that 
the   drain   cannot   be    kejit    up  indefinitely.      The 
woman    is  weaker  with  each   pain.     Tliis    is    pro- 
vided for  in  normal  labor.     The  ideal  woman  during 
an  ideal  pregnancy  becomes  more  robust  and  vigor- 


WHEN   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS.  149 

ous  during  the  wliole  gestation.  She  enters  upon 
labor  with  a  reserve  of  physical  force  entirely  ade- 
quate for  its  performance,  so  that  when  delivery  is  ac- 
complished she  may  arise,  cleanse  herself  and  the 
baby,  and  resume  the  ordinary  functions  of  life  with 
unimpaired  vigor.  But  the  ordinary  civilized  wom- 
an with  whom  we  have  most  to  do,  finds  even  an 
ordinary  labor  a  rather  exhausting  piece  of  work, 
and  if  it  is  at  all  long  she  requires  a  proportionately 
longer  time  in  which  to  recuperate.  Also,  the  aver- 
age woman  does  not  on]y  approach  labor  with  a  very 
slight,  if  any,  reserve  of  physical  force,  but  is  too 
often  even  below  par  at  this  time.  Her  urine  is  apt 
to  be  albuminous,  lier  blood  hydraemic,  her  digestion 
impaired,  and  if  she  is,  under  such  circumstances, 
subjected  to  a  long  and  tedious  labor,  she  is  in  a  ripe 
condition  for  all  the  diseases  incident  to  the  puer- 
peral state.  So  far,  then,  as  the  expenditure  of 
vital  force  is  concerned,  the  sooner  the  woman  is 
through  with  her  labor  the  better.  She  is  not  only 
using  up  her  strength  by  muscular  contractions,  but 
she  is  kept  in  mental  suspense,  and  is  not  usually 
able  to  repair  her  energies  by  the  taking  of  food. 
The  continuance  of  the  second  stage  also  involves  the 
pressure  of  the  head  of  the  child  against  the  soft  tis- 
sues of  the  mother,  with  an  increase  of  the  pressure 
during  each  pain.  This  pressure  is  least  when  the 
head  is  movable  at  the  inlet,  but  increases  in  its  ca- 
pacity for  evil  at  least,  with  each  fraction  of  descent. 


150  HOW   TO   USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

Its  continuance  may  result  in  destroying  the  vitality 
of  the  tissues  pressed  upon.  It  is  the  most  common 
cause  of  vesico-vaginal  and  other  fistulas  and  pre- 
disposes to  the  occurrence  of  pelvic  inflammation 
after  labor.  When  the  head  is  long  detained  at  the 
inlet  the  anterior  lip  of  the  cervix  is  apt  to  become 
cedematous,  which  may  occur  to  such  an  extent  as  to 
make  it  a  further  impediment  to  delivery.  When 
the  head  is  long  detained  at  the  inferior  strait,  or  on 
the  perineum,  the  latter  structure  often  becomes 
boggy  and  inelastic,  and  is  very  apt  to  become  lacer- 
ated subsequently.  The  irritation  caused  by  the 
pressure  of  the  head  upon  these  structures,  which  are 
delicate  and  amply  supplied  with  nerves,  is  apt  to 
give  rise  to  convulsions.  The  child's  life  is  also  en- 
dangered, especially  w^hen  the  detention  is  at  a  low 
point,  for  not  only  is  the  direct  compression  harmful 
but  the  uterus  may  grind  off  the  placenta  and  thus 
destroy  the  child.  That  all  these  evils  follow  in  the 
train  of  delay  is  universally  conceded  ;  but  to  come 
to  an  agreement  upon  the  time  when  the  danger  is 
imminent  rather  than  prospective  is  more  difficult. 
Before  attempting  to  fix  the  danger  line  w^e  may  pass 
to  the  second  question,  "  Can  we  safely  interfere?" 
This  depends  upon  the  questioner.  If  he  is  ignorant 
of  the  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  structures  in- 
volved, of  the  mechanism  of  labor,  and  of  the  nature 
of  the  forceps,  he  ought  not  to  interfere  even  by 
his  presence.     But  any  one  who   is   really  qualified 


WHEN   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS.  151 

to  attend  upon  the  parturient  woman  can  interfere 
with  perfect  safety  to  mother  and  child. 

The  mere  application  of  the  forceps  contains  not 
a  single  element  which  is  detrimental,  and  is  not 
even  painful.  After  they  are  applied  they  can  hard- 
ly be  said  to  touch  the  mother  during  traction,  since 
the  opposed  surfaces  of  the  head  project  through  the 
fenestra.  It  is  not  therefore  the  forceps,  but  arti- 
ficial traction,  which  is  to  be  found  fault  with  if  the 
operation  is  objected  to.  The  woman  is  unable  to 
expel  the  child,  for  a  want  of  expulsive  power.  We 
supply  this  power  and  the  woman  is  delivered  speedily 
instead  of  waiting  iu definitely  at  great  expense  of  vital 
force.  Statistics  are  not  alwavs  reliable,  and  I  refer 
those  who  put  their  trust  in  them  to  papers  by  Ed. 
S.  Dunster*  and  A.  M.  Fauntleroy,f  merely  citing 
one  specimen.  In  the  Rotunda  Hospital,  Collins 
used  the  forceps  only  once  in  694  cases  of  labor,  with 
a  foetal  mortality  of  1  in  26  and  a  maternal  mortality 
of  1  in  329.  Harper  used  them  once  in  26  cases, 
with  a  foetal  mortality  of  1  in  47  and  a  maternal  mor- 
tality of  1  in  1490.  The  average  duration  of  labor 
was,  in  the  first  case,  38  hours,  in  the  second,  16 
hours.  Barnes  (Obst.  Oper.,  p.  280)  says  :  ''  Properly 
speaking,  the  mortality  from  the  forceps  is  nil. 
Women  die  because  the  instrument  is  used  too 
late." 

*  Proceedings  of  Michigan  State  IMedical  Society,  1878. 
f  "  A^merican  Journal  of  Obstetrics, "  January,  1879. 


152  HOW   TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 

We  gain  further  light  from  the  answer  to  our 
third  question,  ^'  Of  what  advantage  will  it  be  to 
leave  the  case  to  Nature?"  The  usual  answer  is, 
that  we  avoid  the  dangers  of  rapid  delivery,  allow  the 
maternal  tissues  to  be  properly  "  prepared,"  and 
lastly,  w^e  leave  the  case  in  the  hands  of  "  Nature," 
who  or  which  is  all-competenfc  and  of  benign  ten- 
dencies. It  is  difficult  to  deliver  with  the  forceps  in 
less  than  ten  minutes  in  any  case,  and  thousands  of 
women  are  naturallv  delivered  in  less  time.  The 
operation  usually  excites  uterine  contractions,  and  as 
a  matter  of  fact,  post-partum  hemorrhage  is  rare 
after  a  forceps  delivery,  even  when  they  have  been 
applied  on  account  of  uterine  inertia.  And  in  the 
matter  of  preparation,  when  the  labor  has  continued 
for  an  hour  or  so  during  the  second  stage,  the  tissues 
will  be  i:)rogressively  unprepared  and  unfitted  for  de- 
livery the  longer  it  continues.  A  head  stationary 
in  the  pelvis,  at  any  point,  is  progressively  congest- 
ing and  infiltrating  the  tissues  below  it,  and  not  pre- 
paring them.  If  it  is  not  stationary,  but  is  advanc- 
ing with  each  pain,  the  pelvic  canal  is  so  short  that 
there  will  be  no  delay.  The  truth  is,  that  refuge  is 
taken  in  a  vague  appeal  to  the  powers  of  Nature  by 
those  who  are  too  indolent  to  learn  how  to  render  as- 
sistance to  the  mother.  In  the  words  of  the  late  Dr. 
Turney,  "  It  sounds  well  to  talk  of  trusting  to  Na- 
ture. It  is  sweetly  suggestive  of  green  fields,  of 
flowery  meads,  of  singing  birds,  of  the  gentle  lullaby 


WHEN   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS.  153 

of  breeze  and  falling  waters,  and  brings  to  mind  all 
the  pleasant  sights  and  sounds  which  amuse  us  in  a 
summer's  ramble/'  But  what  are  the  facts  ?  Nature 
has  ordained  that  woman  shall  be  safely  delivered  in  a 
few  hours.  The  defiance  of  the  laws  of  Xature  for 
generations  has  brought  it  about  that  the  woman  is 
unable  to  deliver  herself  without  undergoing  great 
danger.  And  if  we  were  to  leave  all  cases  to  Nature 
a  great  many  women  would  die  undelivered  under 
this  benign  regime.  It  is  not  to  Nature  that  we 
leave  the  woman,  it  is  to  the  consequences  of  physi- 
cal deterioration  incurred  in  defiance  of  her  laws.  I 
cannot  see  what  advantage  there  is  in  this,  when  we 
possess  safe  and  efficient  means  for  rescuing  her  and 
the  child  from  these  consequences. 

The  los^ical  deduction  to  be  drawn  from  these 
premises  is,  that  when  the  os  uteri  is  fully  dilated, 
the  child  should  be  expelled  promptly  ;  and  in  the 
time  observed  to  be  usually  consumed  in  normal  la- 
bors. If  it  is  not,  the  longer  the  labor  continues  the 
more  danger  the  woman  and  child  incur,  and  con- 
versely, the  sooner  she  is  delivered  by  the  forceps, 
the  less  risk  will  they  run.  While  these  deductions 
are  fully  warranted  by  the  physical  facts  involved, 
they  are  subject  to  modification  from  certain  consid- 
erations of  a  practical  character.  Many  women  have 
a  horror  of  "  instruments  ''  and  ''  operations,"  and 
will  be  unfavorably  agitated  by  the  early  suggestion 
of  their  employment.     Also,  in  the  existing  state  of 


154  HOW   TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 

lay  intelligence,  if  anything  whatever  should  go 
wrong  with  the  woman  after  their  employment,  the 
physician  and  his  forceps  will  have  to  shoulder  the 
blame.  On  the  other  hand,  Cazeaux  mentions  that 
the  pains  of  women  are  sometimes  greatly  increased 
by  the  statement  that  the  forceps  must  otherwise  be 
used.  Having  due  regard  to  these  considerations, 
the  following  rule  seems  to  me  to  be  proper. 

Whenever  the  second  stage  of  labor  has  lasted 
two  hours  and  the  head  is  still  stationarv  or  ad  vane- 
ing  with  great  slowness,  we  should  inform  the  patient 
that  we  are  about  to  apply  the  forceps.  If  we  ex- 
plain the  necessity  and  propriety  of  the  operation  we 
will  rarely  find  any  objections,  especially  if  the 
woman  is  already  tired  of  her  fruitless  sufferings. 
This  rule  may  be  deviated  from  according  to  the  cir- 
cumstances of  each  case,  but  it  will  more  often  be 
proper  to  shorten  it  than  to  protract  the  time  of 
giving  relief.  There  is  no  need  of  keeping  the 
woman  in  suffering  for  hours  solely  that  she  may  de- 
liver herself,  and  still  less  for  keeping  her  under  the 
noxious  influence  of  an  anaesthetic  for  hours,  when 
we  can  safely  extract  the  child  at  will. 

These  remarks  apply  to  all  cases  of  delay  in  the 
second  stage  of  labor,  but  it  is  necessary  to  qualify 
them  in  some  particulars.  Thus,  in  obstruction 
from  cicatrical  bands,  persistent  hymen,  and  the  like, 
it  may  be  necessary  to  incise  the  obstructing  mem- 
brane before  applying  the  forceps.     More  often,  we 


WHEN  TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS.  155 

may  wait  until  tlie  band  is  made  tense  by  the  pres- 
sure of  the  head  within  the  forceps,  against  it,  before 
dividing  it.  A  head  which  is  enlarged  from  hydro- 
cephalus can  rarely  be  delivered  by  the  forceps  as  well  i 
as  by  a  preliminary  evacuation  of  the  fluid.  But  the 
forceps  are  useful  as  an  aid  to  diagnosis  in  hydroce- 
phalus, since  tlie  large  size  of  the  head  is  very  clear- 
ly demonstrated  by  the  wide  divergence  of  the  han- 
dles when  the  blades  are  applied.  And  if  the  head  is 
very  large  the  forcep  scannot  be  applied  at  all. 

In  deformities  of  the  pelvis  the  propriety  of 
applying  the  forceps  has  been  brought  in  ques- 
tion, and  a  few  words  of  justification  are  in  order. 
The  pelvis  is  rarely  deformed  throughout  its 
whole  extent,  the  deformity  being  usually  limited  to 
either  the  outlet  or  inlet.  \^"hen  tlic  outlet  is  de- 
formed either  by  the  approximation  of  the  ischia  or 
bending  forward  of  the  coccyx,  the  propriety  of 
using  the  forceps  is  unquestioned.  But  when  the 
deformity  is  at  the  inlet  and  is  at  all  considerable, 
many  prefer  version  to  the  forceps.  Barnes  says  (op. 
cit.  p.  244)  that  the  proper  range  of  the  operation  of 
turning  is  from  3.25  ^'  to  3. 75  ^^  of  the  conjugate  diam- 
eter, at  the  latter  point  coming  into  competition 
with  the  forceps.  Goodell  substitutes  version  for 
the  forceps  when  the  conjugate  diameter  is  between 
2.75  and  3.25  inches.  The  limit  is  variously  stated 
by  different  authors,  but  is  recognized  by  the  great 
majority  as  at  least  equal  to  the  forceps  in  marked 


156  HOW   TO   USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

deformities  and   often  succeeding  when   the   latter 
have  failed. 

The  principles  upon  which  this  practice  rests 
were  first  stated  by  Simpson.  They  are,  in  brief,  as 
follows  :  First,  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  head 
can  be  lessened  to  a  greater  degree  by  the  influence 
of  the  pelvic  walls  when  the  base  of  the  skull  is  in 
advance  than  by  the  forceps  when  the  head  comes 
first.  Second,  a  greater  amount  of  force  can  be 
employed  by  pulling  upon  the  body  and  neck  of  the 
child,  combined  with  supra-pubic  pressure,  than  by 
the  forceps. 

Traction  upon  the  body  of  the  child  is  ca- 
pable of  greatly  compressing  the  head.  Of  this 
there  is  no  doubt.  It  can  be  exerted  to  the  extent 
of  producing  deep  incientations  in  the  parietal  bone 
by  pressure  against  the  promontory.  But  it  has  its 
limits.  Duncan  has  shown  that  on  an  average  the 
child's  neck  breaks  with  a  force  of  100  pounds  and 
decapitation  ensues  when  the  force  reaches  120 
pounds.  We  have  then  a  distinct  limit  to  the 
amount  of  force  which  can  be  exerted  by  traction 
after  version.  The  same  experimental  data  are  want- 
ing for  the  forceps,  but  all  the  force  which  they  can 
exert  will  not  affect  the  integrity  of  tlie  foetal  struc- 
tures, and  there  is  every  reason  to  suppose  tliat  a 
force  of  over  120  pounds  can,  if  necessary,  be 
brought  into  requisition.  The  main  question  is 
whether  it  is  true  that  the  bi-parietal  diameter  can 


WHEN   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS.  157 

be  diminished  to  a  greater  extent  when  the  base  of 
the  skull  is  in  advance. 

It  is  alleged  that  the  base  is  much  narrower  than 
the  upper  part  of  the  skull,  the  bi-mastoid  diameter 
being  from  four  to  nine  lines  less  than  the  bi-pari- 
etal.  Hence,  when  the  vertex  comes  first,  the  head 
tends  to  flatten  out,  while  when  the  base  comes  first, 
the  diameters  are  progressively  diminished  during 
its  progress.     This  is  true  enough,  but  we  should 


Fig.  26. 

contrast  the  state  of  affairs  in  version,  not  with  those 
obtaining  in  unassisted  vertex  labors,  but  when  the 
forceps  are  used.  Which  has  not  been  fairly  done. 
Fig.  26  represents  a  transverse  section  of  the  foetal 
cranium.  When  the  base  is  in  advance  the  com- 
pressing force  of  the  pelvic  walls  will  act  in  the  lines 
indicated  by  the  arrows  A  A.  But  when  the  forcejjs 
are  applied  to  the  sides  of  the  head  they  exert  their 
compressive  force  in  the  lines  BB,  or  directly.  To 
say  that  the  parietal  bones  may  be  made  to  overlap 


158  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

at  C  by  forces  acting  in  the  lines  AA^  better  than 
when  acting  in  the  lines  BB^  is  absurd. 

Thus  we  are  driven  to  the  conclusion  that  version 
cannot  be  superior  to  the  forceps,  or  an  elective  sub- 
stitute for  it,  when  it  is  possible  to  apply  the  forceps 
to  the  sides  of  the  child's  head.  The  difficulty  of  so 
applying  them  has  been,  I  think,  greatly  exagger- 
ated. The  deformity  usually  occurs  upon  one  side 
only  of  the  pelvis,  i.e.,  one  sacro-iliac  symphysis 
only  has  been  affected  by  disease.  As  the  result, 
one  of  the  pelvic  canals  is  impaired  or  destroyed,  but 

the  other  is  not  necessarily  in- 
terfered with.  Such  a  state  of 
things  is  shown  in  Fig.  27,  from 
Schroeder.  But  when  the  con- 
FiQ.  27.  J^^g'^te  diameter  is  reduced  to  3 

ArTKR  scHROEDEK.  inclics  or  less,  both  of  the  canals 
are  impaired  and  the  normal  mechanism  is  entirely 
altered.  I  admit  that  the  difficulty  of  grasping  the 
head  in  its  bi-parietal  diameter  increases  with  each 
degree  of  contraction  below  3  inches,  but  we  can  at 
least  place  them  obliquely  upon  the  head  in  every 
instance.  AVhen  this  is  done,  we  can  bring  to  bear 
upon  the  head  the  compressing  force  of  the  pelvic 
walls  nearly  as  well  as  Avhen  it  is  dragged  down  with 
the  base  in  advance,  and  without  the  risk  of  breaking 
the  child's  neck,  or  any  of  the  unavoidable  dangers 
attendant  upon  delivery  ]>y  the  breech.  And  in  ad- 
dition we  will  have  such  compressing  and  moulding 


WHEN   TO    USE    THE    FORCEPS.  159 

power  as  is  afforded  by  the  forceps.  Xevertheless^  if 
in  any  case  we  find  it  impracticable  to  apply  the  for- 
ceps to  the  sides  of  the  head^  we  would  be  justified 
in  resorting  to  version,  if  the  latter  were  a  generally 
safe  procedure.  Since  head-last  labors  have  a  mor- 
tality to  the  child  of  at  least  fifty  per  cent,  and  since 
version  is  attended  with  decided  danger  to  the 
mother,  especially  when  performed  through  a  con- 
tracted inlet,  and  also  since  when  it  fails  we  have  to 
resort  to  craniotomy  at  a  great  disadvantage,  this 
cannot  be  claimed.  I  cannot  then  conceive  of  a  case 
in  which  version  is  justifiable  as  an  elective  procedure. 
If  it  fails,  nothing  remains  but  craniotomy.  If  after 
applying  the  forceps  we  have  not  enough  skill  to  de- 
liver, then  perhaps  version  may  be  tried  before  the 
last  resort. 

The  manner  of  using  the  forceps  in  a  deformed 
pelvis  differs  but  little  from  that  which  is  appropri- 
ate in  the  normal  pelvis,  and  that  little  will  be  dif- 
ferent in  each  case  because  scarcely  two  deformities 
are  exactly  alike.  One  general  feature  has  been 
pointed  out  by  Barnes,  viz.,  that  the  promontory  of 
the  sacrum  usually  projects  and  the  head  has  to 
make  a  curved  progress  around  the  promontory  be- 
fore it  can  enter  the  axis  of  the  pelvis,  which  he  calls 
the  ''  false  curve  of  the  promontory.''  The  effect 
of  this  forward  jutting  of  the  promontory  I  conceive 
to  be  simply  to  equally  push  forward  the  head  and 
greatly    exaggerate   the  backward   direction  of  the 


160  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

pelvic  axis.  Hence  it  is  often  useful  to  begin  our 
efforts  at  extraction  in  these  cases  by  pushing  the 
whole  instrument  downwards  and  backwards  in  the 
direction  of  tl^e  sacro-coccygeal  junction,  without 
any  traction  in  the  ordinary  sense  of  the  term.  The 
exact  nature  of  the  deformity  cannot  always  be  made 
out  at  the  time  of  labor,  but  we  can  always  form  a 
correct  idea  as  to  the  direction  in  which  the  head 
ought  to  move  in  order  to  pass  the  narrowed  inlet. 
When  this  is  carefully  ascertained,  we  will  find  that 
a  comparatively  slight  amount  of  force  is  often 
enough  to  bring  the  head  past  the  obstruction,  after 
which  it  usually  progresses  without  further  hin- 
drance. It  is  worth  while  spending  any  amount  of 
time  in  being  certain  as  to  the  axis  in  which  the  head 
is  to  move,  for  traction  in  the  wrong  direction  will 
be  tenfold  more  useless  in  a  deformed  than  in  a  nor- 
mal pelvis. 

II.  It  is  sometimes  proper  to  apply  the  forceps 
during  the  first  stage  of  labor,  or  before  the  os  uteri  is 
fully  dilated.  But  although  we  have  advanced  in 
the  obstetric  art  far  beyond  the  point  when  a  delay 
of  at  least  six  hours  upon  the  perineum  was  regarded 
as  an  essential  prerequisite  to  their  application,  a  de- 
gree of  conservatism  is  necessary  upon  this  point. 
For  there  are  some  unavoidable  dangers  attendant 
upon  their  use  during  the  first  stage,  and  the  neces- 
sity for  their  employment  should  evidently  counter- 
balance these  before  we  resort  to  them.    These  dan- 


WHEN   TO    USE   THE    FOKCEPS.  161 

gers  are,  first,  the  possibility  of  bruising  the  cervix 
during  the  introduction,  which  in  skilful  hands  may 
be  reduced  to  a  minimum  ;  and,  second,  the  proba- 
bility of  lacerating  the  cervix  when  we  come  to  mak- 
ing traction  and  cause  the  head  to  be  pressed  against 
it.  For  this  there  is  no  avoidance  except  in  imitating 
the  natural  course  of  labor  in  making  the  traction 
moderately,  intermittently,  and  patiently,  so  that  the 
head  may  evenly  and  with  as  little  haste  as  possible 
dilate  the  cervix  before  passing  through  the  os.  And 
yet  in  the  very  cases  in  Avhich  the  procedure  is  most 
likely  to  be  demanded  tlie  cervix  is  most  indisposed 
to  dilate  without  laceration. 

The  fact  that  a  laceration  once  begun  may  extend 
indefinitely  and  end  in  a  veritable  rupture  of  the 
womb,  makes  this  consideration  too  important  to  be 
lightly  passed  over  in  deciding  upon  the  use  of  the 
forceps  in  the  first  stage.  The  indications  which 
suggest  their  employment  are  as  follows  :  First,  long 
delay  due  to  the  existence  of  organic  rigidity  of  the 
cervix.  The  most  notable  case  illustrating  this  use 
of  the  instrument  is  one  reported  by  Roper,  1874,  in 
which  the  cervix  was  four  inches  long  and  as  thick 
as  a  man's  wrist.  After  labor  had  lasted  forty  hours, 
seven  incisions  were  made,  and  gradual  dilatation  al- 
lowed to  proceed  for  sixteen  hours,  after  which  the 
forceps  were  applied  and  a  living  child  extracted. 
This  is  an  extreme  case,  but  the  principles  of 
treatment  are  the  same  in  lesser  degrees  of  organic 


162  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

rigidity.  First,  incision,  which  should  not  be  de- 
ferred so  long  as  in  this  case  ;  second,  a  brief  period 
for  further  dilatation  by  the  natural  powers,  and 
then,  or  indeed  as  soon  as  the  forceps  can  be  ap- 
plied, they  may  be  used  to  further  the  dilatation  by 
increasing  the  force  with  which  the  head  is  pressed 
against  the  cervical  rim.  If  incisions  are  unneces- 
sary, so  much  the  better,  but  in  true  organic  rigidity 
they  are  usually  demanded.  The  greatest  care  and 
gentleness  is  called  for  during  traction,  which  if  at 
all  sudden  or  violent,  would  be  sure  to  do  harm.  In 
this  way  we  bring  a  more  efficient  dilating  force  to 
bear  against  the  cervix  than  in  any  other  possible 
way.  The  fact  that  traction  must  be  made  with 
moderation,  and  will  probably  last  for  some  time,  is  a 
valid  reason  for  resorting  to  it  early  in  the  labor. 
We  must  not  wait  until  the  woman  is  exhausted  by 
her  efforts  before  we  begin,  or  the  desperate  nature 
of  the  circumstances  will  impel  us  to  work  faster 
than  we  know  to  be  judicious. 

In  functional  or  spasmodic  rigidity  of  the  cervix, 
which  has  resisted  other  methods  of  treatment,  it  is 
also  allowable  to  apply  the  forceps  as  soon  as  they 
can  be  introduced  without  violence.  There  are  also 
certain  cases  in  which  the  liquor  amnii  is  early  evac- 
uated and  the  head  of  the  child  fails  to  take  the 
place  of  the  bag  of  waters  as  the  natural  dilating 
agent.  In  cases  of  unusual  pelvic  or  uterine  obliq- 
uity, or  when  from  any  cause  the  head  is  not  forced 


WHEN   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS.  163 

against  the  cervix  after  the  evacuation  of  the  liquor 
amnii,  the  os  fails  to  dilate.  In  these  cases  we  will 
usually  find  that  the  cervix  is  early  dilatable  al- 
though undilated,  and  if  by  external  or  other  manip- 
ulation the  head  cannot  be  made  to  engage,  it  is 
proper  to  apply  the  forceps,  since  otherwise  the  sec- 
ond stage  is  not  likely  to  begin. 

The  duration  of  labor  in  the  first  stage  which 
calls  for  the  application  of  the  forceps  varies  to  a 
much  greater  extent  than  in  the  second  stage.  The 
first  stage  is  extremely  variable  in  length  even  in  the 
same  individual  in  different  labors,  and  its  pains  can 
almost  ahvays  be  endured  for  a  much  longer  time 
than  those  of  the  second  stage.  Hence,  a  duration 
demanding  assistance  must  be  determined  in  each 
instance  by  the  condition  of  the  mother.  All  other 
approved  means  are  to  be  tried  before  resorting  to  the 
forceps,  but  if  her  condition  is  at  all  unfavorable, 
we  should  have  no  concern  as  to  the  mere  number  of 
hours  which  have  elapsed,  but  proceed  at  once  to 
render  assistance.  Another  application  of  the  for- 
ceps during  the  first  stage  is  for  the  comjilication  of 
placenta  previa.  It  is  sometimes  recommended  to 
introduce  the  forceps  after  a  sufficient  amount  of  di- 
latation has  been  secured,  merely  to  cause  the  head 
to  press  against  the  cervix  and  so  arrest  the  hemor- 
rhage. This,  to  be  entirely  successful,  would  require 
the  head  to  be  constantly  pressed  against  the  cervix. 
It  is  much  better  to  first  detach  the  placenta  from 


161  HOW   TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 

the  cervical  zone,  after  the  manner  of  Barnes,  after 
which  the  hemorrhage  usually  ceases.  If  previous 
loss  of  blood  and  other  conditions  make  it  necessary 
to  deliver  forthwith,  the  forceps  may  then  be  used, 
and  this  application  of  the  instrument  is  one  of  the 
most  useful  of  the  modern  purposes  to  which  it  has 
been  devoted.  For  without  it  we  must  resort  to  the 
more  formidable  operation  of  version,  or  await  the 
slow,  often  fatally  slow,  spontaneous  dilatation  of 
the  cervix. 

III.  Certain  accidents  of  labor  require  a  more  or 
less  prompt  termination  of  the  labor.  In  prolapse 
of  the  funis,  when  it  cannot  be  permanently  replaced, 
the  forceps  may  be  used  in  the  interests  of  the  child. 
The  forceps  blade  may  be  of  great  utility  in  itself,  in 
pushing  the  funis  up  and  out  of  the  way,  after 
which  we  may  make  as  much  or  as  little  traction  as 
is  called  for,  and  either  promote  the  delivery  with 
them  or  allow  it  to  go  on  without  further  interfer- 
ence. This  will  not  interfere  with  the  trial  of  the 
genu-pectoral  posture  in  replacement.  This  position 
has  been  found  useful  as  a  preliminary  measure  in 
the  application  of  the  forceps  in  these  cases,  and  is 
also  recommended  by  Mossmann  (Am.  Journ.  Obst., 
Jan.  1879),  in  certain  cases  of  spinal  and  pelvic 
deformity.  There  is  such  an  entire  reversal  of  direc- 
tion in  this  position  that  the  operator  must  know 
well  what  he  is  undertaking  ;  otherwise  it  is  calcu- 
lated to  be  of  service. 


WHEN   TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS.  165 

Convulsions, — The  typical  puerperal  convulsion 
comes  on  usually  when  the  head  has  reached  the  in- 
ferior strait  and  the  bearing  down  efforts  of  the 
mother  give  rise  to  cerebral  congestion.  The  indica- 
tion is  then  plain  to  apply  the  forceps  at  once  and 
deliver  as  speedily  as  possible,  administering  ether 
in  the  meantime,  if  it  is  at  hand.  We  thus  eliminate 
one  of  the  causative  factors  of  the  eclampsia  and  gen- 
erally put  an  end  to  the  seizures.  In  the  cases 
which  occur  during  the  first  stage,  rapid  delivery  is 
not  so  necessary.  We  have  ample  time  to  obtain  the 
influence  of  chloral  by  the  mouth  or  rectum,  bleed, 
or  otherwise  control  the  convulsions  according  to  our 
lights.  Dilatation  is  usually  rapid,  and  when  com- 
plete we  can  apply  the  forceps  with  less  risk.  In 
cases  of  hemorrhage  before  delivery  the  forceps  also 
afford  us  the  means  of  promptly  terminating  the  labor. 

IV.  When  rupture  of  the  uterus  has  taken  place, 
the  j)revailing  practice  is  to  deliver ^6?^  vias  natu- 
rales,  either  by  the  forceps  or  version  if  possible. 
The  propriety  of  this  begins  to  be  questioned. 
First,  we  will  probably  enlarge  the  rent  already 
made.  Second,  we  leave  the  rent  to  close  spon- 
taneously, which  seldom  happens.  Thirdly,  we  do 
not  take  away  what  is  quite  as  important  should  be 
removed  as  the  child,  the  blood  and  fluids  which  es- 
cape at  the  time  of  rupture.  The  elaborate  statistics 
of  Dr.  Trask  show  a  better  percentage  for  gastrotomy 
than  for  ordinary  delivery  and  with  the   improved 


166  HOW   TO    USE   THE    FORCEPS. 

methods  of  operating  now  in  vogue  there  is  no  rea- 
son why  a  much  larger  percentage  should  not  recover 
if  we  should  at  once  proceed  to  open  the  abdomen 
after  the  accident.     The  child  can  be  removed,  the 
rent  united  by  suture,  the  abdominal  cavity  thor- 
oughly cleansed  from    extraneous    fluids,    and    the 
woman  will  be  no  worse  oflE  than  after  the  Cassarean 
section  instead  of    almost  uniformly  perishing,   as 
when  the  abdomen  is  left  unopened.     It  is  true  that 
gastrotomy  may  be  performed  after  delivery  per  vias 
naturales,  but  the  latter  is  an  unnecessary  step,  and 
the   former   would   be    frequently   refused    by    the 
woman  or  her  family  if  she  had  been  already  deliv- 
ered.    Prevention  is  better  than  cure,  and  the  for- 
ceps will  be  found  much  more  useful  as  a  preventive 
of  rupture.     When  the  uterine  contractions  are  very 
forcible  without  having  any  appreciable  effect  upon 
the  head,  we  may  justly  fear  the  occurrence  of  rup- 
ture of  the  uterus.     The  exact  amount  of  contrac- 
tion which  justifies  interference  may  be  left  to  the 
judgment  of  the  practitioner  at  the  time.     The  for- 
ceps may  also  be  used  for  purposes  foreign  to  their 
original  design.     They  may  be  inserted  into  the  in- 
cision made  in  the  Ca^sarean  section  or  gastro-ely- 
trotomy,  in  order  to  grasp  the  head.     They  may  be 
used  to  deliver  detached  fibroid  tumors  from  the  va- 
gina, or  to  extract  foreign  bodies,  such  as  globe  pes- 
saries.    But  for  such  purposes  the  mechanical  tact  of 
the  operator  in  each  case  is  a  sufficient  guide. 


WHEN   TO    USE    THE    FORCEPS.  167 

A  few  words  may  be  added  as  to  the  possibilities 
for  harm  possessed  by  the  forceps.  So  far  as  the 
mother  is  concerned  we  may  reiterate  the  statement 
that  there  is  nothing  in  the  right  use  of  the  instru- 
ment which  can  by  any  possibility  injure  her.  The 
animadversions  of  the  earlier  writers  were  due,  in 
part,  to  their  wrongly  attributing  to  the  instrument 
what  is  tlie  result  of  delay  in  labor,  and  in  part  to 
the  unavoidable  injuries  caused  by  an  instrument 
without  a  pelvic  curve,  to  say  nothing  of  the  heavy, 
thick,  leather-covered  blades  which  formerly  belong- 
ed to  the  forceps.  But  with  the  modern  instrument 
we  can  do  harm  only  by  violence  in  introduction,  a 
WTong  direction  in  traction,  or  by  too  great  haste  in 
completing  the  delivery.  The  anterior  lip  of  the 
cervix  has  been  ground  off,  the  pubic  bones  have 
been  fractured,  the  vagina  lacerated,  by  such  im- 
proper uses  ;  but  none  of  these  things  will  happen 
when  the  forceps  are  used  as  herein  directed  and  as 
common-sense  would  dictate.  And  in  the  normal  or 
but  slightly  deformed  pelvis,  it  is  equally  true  that 
the  forceps  need  do  no  harm  to  the  child,  if  applied 
to  the  sides  of  the  head  and  used  intermittently  and 
judiciously.  It  must  be  admitted  that  even  those 
who  are  skilled  in  their  use  are  occasionally  mistaken 
in  the  diagnosis  of  the  position  of  the  head,  and 
hence  apply  them  over  the  brow  and  occiput,  but 
this  should  not  be  laid  to  the  charge  of  the  forceps. 
So,  also,  when  the  head  is  at  the  inferior  strait,  but 


1G8  HOW   TO    USE   THE   FORCEPS. 

has  not  completed  rotation^  the  exact  state  of  affairs 
may  be  overlooked  and  the  forceps  applied  obliquely 
upon  the  head.  In  occipito-posterior  positions,  es- 
pecially when  flexion  has  not  taken  place,  the  ends  of 
the  forceps  may  unavoidably  compress  important 
structures,  and  in  deformed  pelves  indentations  of 
the  cranium  may  be  caused  by  the  jutting  promontory. 
We  may  have,  then,  as  the  result  of  the  forceps, 
bruising  or  laceration  of  the  child's  scalp,  facial  pa- 
ralysis, asphyxia  from  compression  of  the  medulla, 
indentations  of  the  cranium.  All  of  these  are  avoid- 
able by  applying  the  forceps  to  the  sides  of  the  head, 
except  those  due  to  compression  of  nerve  trunks  in 
occipito-posterior  positions.  Against  these  we  have 
no  safeguard,  except  the  early  securing  of  flexion  so 
as  to  bring  the  line  of  the  blades  parallel  to  the  oc- 
eipito-mental  diameter,  and,  failing  this,  the  utmost 
care  in  compression  and  traction,  which  as  already 
pointed  out,  is  proper  for  other  reasons  as  well.  Di- 
rect indentations  of  the  cranium  are  rarely  if  ever 
caused  by  the  direct  pressure  of  the  forceps,  but  the 
amount  of  traction  necessary  to  bring  a  head  past  a 
jutting  promontory  may  cause  the  latter  to  indent 
the  head,  as  happens  also  in  head-last  labors.  The 
etiology  of  idcntations  in  general  is  well  worked  up 
by  Dr.  J.  Trush,  to  whose  paper*  the  reader  is  re- 
ferred for  a  more  extensive  discussion. 

*  "  Ameiicau  Journal  of  Obstetrics,"  July,  1879. 

THE   END. 


r:l^ii«Fr-r 


THE  INTERNATIONAL 

MEDICAL 
ANNUAL  1890. 

A  Complete  Work  of  Reference  for  Medical  Practitioners. 
Edited  by  P.  W.  WILLIAMS,  M.D.,  Secretary  of  Staff. 

As.sisted  by  a  Corps  of  Toirty-Seven  Distinguished  Collaborators  wide- 
ly known  in  Europe   and  America. 

First.    The  Dictionary  of  New  Remedies, 

With  this  is  incorporated  a  review  of  the  general  Therapeutics  of  the 
year  and  to  which  is  added  an  Index  of  Diseases  showing  at  a  glance 
the  new  remedies  which  have  been  recommended  in  any  given  disease, 
and  the  page  upon  which  the  prescription  will  be  found.  It  forms  a 
very  comprehensive  and  useful  survey  of  the  multitude  of  new  remedies 
that  have  been  recently  brought  under  the  notice  of  the  medical  pro- 
fession in  Europe  and  America.  The  fact  that  it  includes  the  results  of 
recent  experiments  with  many  valuable  drugs  that  have  lost  the  charm 
of  novelty  makes  the  volume  more  complete  as  a  reference  book;  ar- 
ranged in  dictionary  order  under  the  name  of  the  remedy. 

Second.  The  Dictionary  of  New  Treatment, 

Comprises  a  remarkably  full  resume  of  the  medical  literature  of 
the  year  giving  the  new  methods  of  treatment  in  Medicine  and  Surgery 
which  have  come  to  light  in  all  parts  of  the  world  and  been  recom- 
mended since  :jhe  publication  of  the  Dictionary  of  New  Treatment  of 
1889  ;  with  original  articles,  suggestions,  and  observations  by  specialists 
and  the  editors  in  charge  of  the  several  departments.  A  veritable  mul- 
tum  in  parvo  of  information  of  great  value  for  the  dispensing  chemist 
as  well  as  the  medical  practitioner.  Alphabetically  arranged  under  the 
name  of  the  disease;  each  article  bearing  the  name  of  the  contributor. 

8th  Annual  Issue.]  [Uniform  with  "Medical  Classics  Series." 

In  one  large  octavo  Volume.     Illustrated.     Over  600  pages.  $2.75. 

E.B.  TREAT,  Publisher,  5  Cooper  Union,  NewYorl<. 

Medical  Students  and  Agents  Wanted. 


DISEASES 


OF    THE 


HEART  AND  LUNGS, 

By   JAMES   R.   LEAMING,    M.D., 

Emeritus  Professor  of  Diseases  of  the  Chest   and  Physical   Diognosis  in 

the  New   York    Polyclinic  ;    and    President  of   the   Faculty, 

Special  Consulting  Physician  in  Chest   Diseases, 

St.  Luke's  Plospital,  New  York,  etc. 


The  author  of  this  treatise  has  made  the  diseases  of  the 
heart  and  lungs  his  special  study  for  many  years.  His  care- 
ful investigations  as  a  Practitioner  and  Professor  in  New 
Vork,  his  observations  in  Public  Hospitals  and  private  con- 
sultations were  occasionally  embodied  in  papers,  read  before 
the  Academy  of  Medicine  or  published  in  Medical  Journals. 
These  having  been  discussed,  the  views  presented  being  some- 
times modified,  strengthened  or  confirmed,  were  afterwards 
tested  and  in  their  revision,  are  given  to  the  profession  in  this 
permanent  form. 

Dr.  Leaming^s  well-known  acute  faculty  of  discriminating 
sounds  and  his  attention  to  the  minutest  details  in  the  diag- 
nosis of  a  case  gives  great  weight  to  his  judgment.  The  use 
and  effects  of  certain  medicines  in  the  treatment  of  special 
cases  have  also  been  watched  with  singular  attention  and  the 
effects  are  recorded  with  great  particularity  and  with  very 
helpful  observations.  Nothing  in  fact  has  been  omitted  in  the 
consideration  of  the  class  of  diseases  pertaining  to  the  heart 
and  lungs,  that  the  most  advanced  investigations  have  ascer- 
tained or  the  most  skillful  practioners  have  found  remedial 
or  beneficial. 

The  book  is  therefore  submitted  to  the  profession  as  a 
valual^le  contribution  to  the  fuller  knowledge  and  treatment 
of  diseased  or  abnormal  conditions  of  the  cardiac  and  respi* 
lory  system. 

In  one  large  oct.  foL,  300  pages.    Price,  $2,75. 
K.  B.  TREAT,  Publisher,  5  Cooper  Union,  New  York. 


EXCESSIVE 

VENERY,  MASTURBATION 

AND 

CONTINENCE. 

THEIR    ETIOLOGY,     PATHOLOGY     AND     TREATMENT     IN- 
CLUDING DISEASES  RESULTING 
THEREFROM. 

BV 

JOSEPH  W.  HOWE,  M.D., 

Late  Professor  of  Clinical   Surgery  in    Bellevue    Hospital    Medical    College, 
Fellow  of  the  New  York  Academy  of  Medicine,  Visiting  Sur- 
geon to  Charity  and  St.  Francis  Hospitals. 

Second  Edition  Revised. 

This  volume  contains  in  addition  to  the  results  of  the  author's  experi- 
ence obtained  in  hospital  and  private  practice,  the  substance  of  a  course  of 
lectures  delivered  in  the  Medical  Department  of  the  University  of  New- 
York,  on  the  Results  of  Excessive  Venery,  Masturbation  and  Continence, 
to  which  is  added  the  peculiar  methods  of  treatment  employed  by  various 
authorities  in  Europe  and  America.  The  causes,  diagnosis  and  treatment 
of  the  various  disorders  that  marshal  themselves  under  the  general  term 
of  excessive  venery  are  clearly  and  instinctively  presented,  and  many 
curious  experiences  detailed  bearing  upon  the  mental  influences  connected 
with  the  use  and  abuse  of  the  sexual  act.  The  volume  is  complete  as  a 
book  of  reference  for  the  student  and  practitioner  of  medicine. 


This  is  a  judiciously  written  book  from  the  standpoint  of  a  practical 
surgeon  of  large  experience.  The  author  shows  himself  a  master  of  the 
subject  in  all  its  various  details. — New  Yoi'k  I\Tedical Record. 

Every  topic  in  the  book  is  carefully,  judiciously,  and  legitimately 
handled,  and  there  is  need  of  just  such  a  treatise  by  every  general  practi- 
tioner who  has  over  and  over  again  been  disheartened  by  the  treatment  of 
the  stubborn  affections  considered  in  this  excellent  volume. — Phila.  Medical 
Bidleiiii. 

The  etiology,  pathology,  and  diagnosis  of  the  affection  in  question  are 
well  stated,  and  the  various  methods  of  treatment  are  ably  discussed.  No 
resources  known  to  modern  medicine  or  surgery  being  neglected. — Louisville 
Medical  News. 

To  say  that  the  book  is  readable  is  putting  it  very  mildly.  That  it  is 
interesting,  all  who  read  it  will  testify.  *  *  *  Continence  is 
treated  from  a  religious,  a  moral,  a  physiological,  and  a  pathological  point 
of  view,  and  while  the  author's  teachings  are  bold,  they  are  judicious. — - 
Phila.  Medical  World. 

There  are  few  volumes  that  will  so  well  repay  the  reader  who  has  not 
given  attention  to  the  class  of  diseases  with  which  it  deals. — Cincinnati 
Lancet  and  Clinic. 

The  work  is  concise  and  practical,  and  yet  sufficiently  full  to  make  it 
a  valuable  work  of  reference.  The  chapters  on  treatment  are  especially 
complete. — Baltimore  Medical  Chronicle. 

In  one  large  Octavo  Volume.    300  pages.    Handsomely  Bound,  $2.75. 

E.  B.  TREAT,  Publisher,  5  Cooper  Union,  New  York, 


HANDBOOK  OFjREATMENT. 

ARRANGED  AS  AN  ALPHABETICAL  INDEX  OF  DISEASES,  TO  FA 

CILITATE  REFERENCE,  AND  CONTAINING  NEARLY 

ONE  THOUSAND  FORIVIUL>E. 

By  William  Aitken,  M.D.,  (Edinburgh,)  F.  R.  S., 

Professor  of  Pathology  in  the  Army  Medical  School;  Examiner  in  Medicine  for  the  Mili- 
tary Medical  Services  of  the  Queen;  Fellow  of  the  Sanitary  Insntute  of  Great 
Britian;  Corresponding  Member  of  the  Royal  Imperial  Society 
of  Physicians  of  Vienna;  and  of  the  Society  of  Medi- 
cine and  Natural  History  of  Dresden,  etc. 

Edited  with  Notes  and  Additions 

By  a.  D.  ROCKWELL,  A.M.,  M.D., 

Late  Electro  Therapeutist  to  the  New  York  State  Woman's  Hospital. 

There  is,  perhaps,  no  more  striking  characteristic  of  the  medical  prac- 
titioner of  to-day,  and  none  better  illustrating  the  pervading  spirit  of  the 
age,  than  the  universally  observed  tendency  among  medical  men  to  shun  (in 
medical  literature)  the  unrealities  of  theoretical  discussion,  and  to  appropri- 
ate with  avidity  only  facts  which  they  can  instantly  transform  into  working 
force. 

A  book  which  is  at  once  concise  and  comprehensive,  arranged  so  that 
the  practitioner,  given  a  disease  to  treat,  may  have  before  him  in  a  nutshell 
the  latest  treatment  recommended  by  the  best  authorities  ;  and  a  book 
which  is  above  all  else  a  book  <?/ TREATMENT,  we  here  offer  to  the  profession. 
It  is  composed  of  the  chapters  on  Treaitnettt  compiled  from  the  seventh 
(latest)  edition  of  Dr.  Aitken's  classical  work  on  the  Science  and  Practice 
of  Medicine,  which  chapters  have  been  revised  and  rearranged,  by  Dr. 
Aitken,  so  as  to  make  them  more  available  for  reference.  The  work  not 
only  embrace  the  experience  of  its  distinguished  author,  but  also  that  of 
many  widely  known  authorities. 


The  N.  V.  Medical  Recora  says  :  ' '  This  book  is  a  compilation  from  the 
last  edition  of  Dr.  Aitken's  well-known  work  on  *  The  Science  and  I'ractice 
of  Medicine,'  and  comprises  the  cliapters  on  treatment  as  written  by  that 
author.  The  diseases  are  arranged  in  al})liai)etical  order,  with  numerous 
cross  references,  whereby  the  reader  is  enabled  to  turn  at  once  to  any  de- 
sired su])ject  without  being  oldiged  to  refer  to  an  index.  Under  each 
lieadi ng  is  found  a  short  definition  of  the  disease,  and  then  follows  imme- 
diately the  portion  on  treatment.  Dr.  Aitken's  work  is  too  well  known  to 
require  any  discussion  here. 

The  New  E^igland  Medical  Monthly  says  :  "  From  (beginning  to  end 
it  proves  itself  to  ])e  one  ot  those  rare  ])ooks  which  the  general  practitioner 
should  have  and  always  wants  on  his  desk.  At  a  glance  he  finds  in  a  nut- 
shell many  things  which  to  work  out  from  from  his  library  would  consume 
too  much  valuable  time. 

The  Medical  Age  says  :    "  The  characteristics  of  the  book  before  us  a^ 
its  conciseness  aiul  its  comprehensiveness.     It  aims  to  be  thoroughly  prac- 
tical, and  to  this  end  devotes  the   smallest  possible  space  to  definitions  of 
the  diseases  which  it  discusses,  and  the  largest  possilile  space  to  treatment. 
Us  foraiula  will  cfjinmend  it  to  a  large  class  of  practitioners. 

In  one  large  octavo  vol.,  444  pages,  handsomely  bound.      Price,  $2.75. 

E.  B.  TREAT,  Piiblisiier,  5  Cooper  Union,  New  York. 


HAMII-TON'S 

MEDICAL  JOBISPMDEEE. 

A  MANUAL  OF  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE, 

WITH  SPECIAL  REFERENCE  TO 

DISEASES  AND   INJURIES 

OF  THE  NERVOUS 

SYSTEM. 

—BY— 

ALLAN  McLANE  HAMILTON,  M.D., 

One  of  the  Consulting  Physicians  to  the  Insane  Asylums  of 

New  York  City,  etc. 

Second  Edition  Revised* 

This  is  a  practical  work,  doing  away  with  those  long  and  tiresome  details  which  works 
on  this  subject  so  frequently  give  ;  yet  all  necessary  details  are  given — plain,  clear,  and 
concise. 

It  is  very  fully  illustrated  with  cases  drawn  largely  from  A  tnerican  sources,  and  hence 
better  calculated  to  meet  the  wants  of  Atnerican  physicians  and  legal  advisers— a  feature 
that  is  not  always  to  be  found  in  similar  treatises.  The  leading  chapters  embrace  Insanity 
in  its  Medico-legal  Relations  ;  Hysteroid  Condition  and  Feigned  Disease  ;  Epilepsy  ; 
Alcoholism  ;   Suicide  ;  Cranial  Injuries  and  Spinal  Injuries, 

The  first  chapter  defines  Insanity,  its  general  indications,  classification  and  Hereditary 
Influence — Including  Post  Mortem  Examination  of  the  Insane  (with  plates  of  the  typical 
and  a  typical  brain.  Under  the  legal  Relations  of  Insanity  we  have  Legal  Tests— The 
Guiteau  case — Physical  Tests — Duties  of  Medical  Experts — Tricks  of  Counsel — Illusions, 
Hallucinations  and  Delusions — Reasoning  Mania — Contracts  made  by  the  Insane — Testa- 
mentary Capacity — Old  Age  and  Dementia— Undue  Influence — Medico-Legal  Relations  of 
Aphasia — Marriage  and  Insanity — Insurance  Frauds — Responsibility  of  Deaf  and  Dumb — 
Criminal  Responsibility — Responsibility  in  Relation  to  Imbecility — English  Test  of  Re- 
sponsibility ;  American  Decisions  on  it — The  Test  of  Right  and  Wrong— Impulsive 
Insanity — Commitment  of  Lunatics  and  State  Laws  Regulating  it — Concealed  and  Feigned 
Insanity,  etc.  The  chapters  on  Cranial  and  Spinal  Injuries  are  particularly  valuable,  for 
the  numerous  decisions  cited  from  our  courts  in  connection  with  suits  for  damages  from 
Railroad  Collisions,  etc. 

"An  Examination  of  this  work  demonstrates  its  worth.  In  these  days  of  malingering 
the  slightest  injury  form  a  fall  is  too  often  held  to  have  caused  injury  to  the  spine,  a  mul- 
xitude  of  symptoms  being  referred  to  concussion.  Works  upon  '  Concussion  of  the  Spine' 
have  given  an  impetus  to  this  imposition,  and  the  needy  member  of  the  bar  has  often 
utilized  it  to  hll  his  coffers  through  the  mulcting  of  corporations  for  this  put  up  condition. 
We  do  not  mean  '^^y  Skj  ,  nor  does  Dr,  Hamilton,  that  concussion  of  the  spine  never  does 
take  place,  but  the  instances  of  its  occurrence  are  very  rare.  Every  physician  and  surgeon 
should  have  a  copy."—  The  Therapeutic  Gazette, 

"There  is  a  good  deal  of  value  in  it  and  a  largenumber  of  illustrative  cases  are  given, 
both  old  and  recent,  which  have  never  before  been  collected  in  book  form,  though  mostly 
familiar  to  the  alienist,  and  will  prove  of  particular  value  to  *he  lawyer  who  wishes  to 
crowd  the  interstices  of  his  elastic  brain  with  numerous  facts  for  the  morrow's  fray,  in 
which  he  will  give  the  spectator  the  impression  that  for  years  he  has  made  a  special  study 
of  insanity.—  The  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal 

\'  The  lawyer  who  wants  something  to  the  point  in  a  pending  case,  and  the  physician 
who  is  on  the  eve  of  running  the  gauntlet  of  the  court  as  an  expert  witness  upon  some 
vexed  questions  of  mental  deflections,  will  find  a  treasure  in  this  work." — The  Louisville 
Medical  News.  \  ,  - 

One  large  Octavo  Vol.   380  pages.  Illustrated.    Handsomely  Bound,  $2.75 
E.  B.  TREAT,  Publisher,  5  Cooper  Union,  New  York. 


The  Pathology,  Diagnosis  and  Treatment 


OF    THE 


DISEASESOF  WOMEN, 

BY 

GRAILY    HEWITT,    M,D..     London,    F.R.C.P,, 

Professor  of  Midwifery  and  Diseases  of  Women,  University  Co'lego.  and 

Obstetric  Physician  to  the  Hospital ;  For.nerly   Presida-nt  of  the 

Obstetrical    Society   of   London  ;    Honorary  Fellow  of  the 

Obstetrical  Society   of  Berlin  ;    Honorary  Fellow  of 

the  Gynaecological  Society  of  Boston. 

A  New    American  from    the    Fourth   Revised  and   Enlarged 

Londo7i    Edition, 

Edited,  with  Notes,  Additions  and   Illust rations. 

BY 

H.  MARION-SIMS,  M.D., 

Attending  Surgeon  to  St.  Elizabetli's  Hospital,  N.  Y.,  Etc. 


Three  Octavo   Volumes,    Over    i,ooo   Pages,  With    240 

Illustrations. 

It  may  seem  superfluous  to  say  a  word  in  commendation  of  Dr. 
Graily  Hewitt's  great  work — a  work  which  has  ])een  accepted  as  the 
standard  by  the  i)rofession  Ijoth  in  Kni^land  and  America,  and  whicli  lias 
heen  adopted  as  a  text  book  in  twenty  or  more  medical  colleges. 

The  author,  in  tlie  preface,  says: — **Ten  years  have  elai:)sed 
since  the  last  edition  of  this  wtjrk  was  published.  What  I  have  gained 
from  observation  and  experience  during  these  ten  years  has  been  here  faith- 
fully and  truly  set  down.  *  *  *  The  greater  part  of  this  new  edition 
has  been  rewritten." 

Dr.  Sims  has  given  the  work  a  thorough  revision,  freely  criticising, 
and  commenting  on  the  authors's  views,  and  making  many  valuable  addi- 
tions in  the  text  and  illustrations. 

In  three  large  octavo  volumes,    handsomely  bound. 

Vol.  I.  contains  350  pages  and  104  Illustrations,  Price,  $2   75 
"    II.        "         3"       '     "         64  "  2   75 

"  HI.       "         365  "         72  "  2   75 

E.  B.  TREAT,  Publisher,  5  Cooper  Union,  New  York. 


A  PRACTICAL'TREATISE 


Mm  01 


ON  THE 


m 


If 

iiiL 


D 


Lil 


BY 


GEORGE  THOMAS  JACKSON,  M.D. 

Instructor  in  Dermatology  in  the  New  York  Polyclinic  ;  Assistant 

Visiting  Physician  to  the  New  York  Skin  and  Cancer 

Hospital  ;  Member  of  the  New  York 

Dermatologrcal  Society  ;  etc. 


This  work  discusses  the  various  phases  pertaining  to  the  care  of  the 
Scalp  and  Hair,  and  to  the  treatment  of  its  diseases.  The  parasitic,  as 
well  as  the  no^-parasitic  diseases,  which  affect  it,  and  those  of  the  Scalp 
iH  which  the  Hair  is  implicated  are  all  carefully  explained.  The  hygiene 
of  the  hair,  even  to  minute  points,  is  fully  described  and  directions 
given  for  its  care  in  every  particular.  The  best  plans  of  treatment  by 
the  most  eminent  men  of  this  country  and  Europe  for  the  various  dis- 
eases of  the  Hair  and  Scalp  are  also  fully  set  forth. 

AVith  the  object  in  view  of  rendering  this  volume  of  still  greater 
practical  value,  its  contents  are  illustrated  by  numerous  and  specially 
selected  wood-cuts  which  demonstrate  to  the  eye  what  the  text  places 
before  the  understanding. 

The  Dermatological  qjecialist  will  also  find  in  this  volume  a  most 
carefully  arranged  and  voluminous  bibliography  collected  from  over 
six  hundred  journal  articles,  besides  special  and  general  treatises. 

To  the  general  medical  practitioner  who  finds  it  so  difficult  to 
learn  what  is  the  proper  thing  to  do  for  a  *'  hair  case,"  this  book  will 
prove  invaluable,  as  he  will  find  scattered  through  it  many  prescriptions 
that  cannot  fail  of  being  useful  to  him.  The  author  has  made  the  mat- 
ters of  diagnosis  and  treatment  specially  prominent,  carefully  pointing 
out  the  differences  between  the  various  diseases  of  the  hair,  the 
rpecial  and  appropriate  remedy  needed  for  each,  and  the  best  means  for 
their  prevention. 

In  One  Octavo  Volume,  356  pages.  Illustrated  by 
special  drawings  and  photographs  from  life.    Price,  $2.75- 


E.  B.  TREAT,  Publisher,  5  Cooper  Union,  New  York. 


INSANITY. 


Its  Classification,  Diagnosis  and  Treatment; 

A  Manual  for  Students  and  Practitioners  of  Medicine. 

BY 

E.  C.  SPITZKA,  M.  D., 

Professor  of  Medical  JvirispruJence  and  of  the  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the 
Nervous  System,  at  the  New  York  Post-Graduate  School  of  Medi- 
cine, President  of  the  New  York  Neurological  Society,  etc. 


In  this,  the  first  systematic  treatise  on  Insanity  published  in  America  since 
the  days  of  the  immortal  Rush,  the  author  has  made  its  definitions,  classifica- 
tions, diagnosis  and  treatment  plain  and  practical  ;  and  has  laid  particular 
stress  upon  points  comparatively  new  and  has  succeeded  in  presenting  the  sub- 
ject in  such  a  manner  that  the  rudiments  of  this  difhcult  and  intricate  branch 
of  medicine  may  be  easily  acquired  and  understood. 

E^^This  important  work  has  already  been  adopted  as  the  Standard  Text- 
Book  in  tlie  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  New  York,  the  College  of 
Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  Baltimore,  the  Rush  Medical  College  of  Chicago, 
the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeon?  of  St.  Louis,  and  the  Medical-Chirurgi- 
cal  College  of  Philadelphia. 


1  he  Boston  Medical  and  Surgi- 
cal Journal  says:  *'  Conservative  and 
in  accordance  with  the  highest  principle 
of  scientific  invest  igation,  which  accepts 
no  half-truth,  but  proven  facts  alone. 
Its  chief  merit  consists  in  its 
effort  to  present  the  subject  in  a  clear, 
accurate,  and  scientific  manner." 


The  Louisville  Medical  News 
says:  "  The  book  is  written  in  a  clear 
and  forcible  style,  and  while  the  practi- 
cal side  of  the  question  is  kept  constant- 
ly in  the  foreground,  it  abounds  in  inci- 
dents, historical  and  modern,  whicli 
admirably  illustrate  the  points  made  by 
the  author,  and  contribute  largely  to  the 
entertainment  of  the  reader." 


The  Weekly  Medical  Review 
tays:  "It  cannot  be  neglected  by  any 
one  desiring  a  clear  and  comprehensive 
review  of  the  whole  stibject  of  insanity." 


The  New  York  Medical  Record 

says:  *'  The  accomplished  author  dis- 
plays throughout  a  masterly  grasp  of  his 
intricate  subject,  and  a  familiarity  with 
its  bibliography  which  is  in  the  highest 
degree  commendable.  .  .  The  pre- 
sentation of  his  arguments  is  direct  ana 
decided,  his  illustrations  usually  apt  and 
well  put,  and  his  expositions  of  the 
most  important  points  forcible." 


The  Cincinnati  Lancet  and  Clinic 
says:  "A  great  variety  of  useful  infor- 
mation and  an  intelligent  discussion." 


The  American  Medical  Weekly 

savs:     **  It  is  clear,  it  is  up  to  the  times, 
and  last  but  not  least,  it  is  practical." 


The  New  England  Medical 
Monthly  says-  "  IJy  far  the  best  book 
that  has  appeared  in  English  in  this 
department  of  Science.'* 


In  One   Large   Octavo  Volume,  424  pages.     Illustrated.    $2.75. 


E.  B.  TREAT,  Publisher,  5  Cooper  Union,  New  York. 


DISEASES  OF  THE  HEART, 

By  ALONZO  CLARK,  M.D.,  LL.D. 

Emeritus  Professor  of  the  Principles  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  etc 
College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  New  York. 


This  book  is  the  crowning  effort  of  its  distinguished  author. 
Few,  if  any,  in  the  medical  profession  have  attained  to  higher 
eminence  as  a  skillful  diagnostician.  Filling  for  many  years  the 
chair  of  Professor  of  the  Principles  and  Practice  of  Medicine  in 
the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  New  York  ;  and  standing 
in  the  front  rank,  if  not  the  first  oi  ^'Consulting  Physicians"  in 
liis  specialty,  he  enjoyed  unsurpassed  opportunities  from  personal 
observation,  original  investigation  and  familiarity  with  the  literature 
of  the  subject,  of  becoming  the  ablest  expert  of  his  time. 

The  information  gathered  in  this  volume  embodies  the  sub- 
stance of  his  teachings  and  lectures  on  ''  Diseases  of  the  Heart  ** 
given  to  his  students.  Nothing  is  omitted  which  would  tend  to 
give  a  clear  exposition  of  the  views  which  he  inculcated  as  teacher. 

The  volume  cannot  therefore  fail  of  being  of  great  value  to 
practioners,  as  it  contains  the  results  of  a  singularly  calm  and 
judicious  mind  of  one  who  had  long  and  ])re-eminent  experience, 
and  wliose  ripened  harvest  of  thought  is  gathered  into  this  sheaf, 
which  ought  to  find  an  honored  place  in  the  medical  granary 
among  other  distinguished  sheaves. 

It  gives  emphasis  and  increased  interest  to  this  book  to  know 
that  it  is  the  orly  portion  of  Dr.  Clark's  many  and  valuable  articles, 
lectures,  teachings,  and  medical  examinations  given  to  the  Pro- 
fession in  permanent  published  form. 

One  Octavo  Volume,  251  pages.     Price,  $2.75. 
E.  B.  TREAT,  Publisher,  5  Cooper  Union,  New  York. 


SEOWK'S  MEDICAL  BIAaHOSIS. 

A  MANUAL  OF  CLINICAL  METHODS      By  J    Graham  Brown 
M.D.,   Fellow  of  the  Royal  College  of  Physicians  of  Edinburgh, 
Late  Senior  President  of  the  Royal  Medical  So- 
ciety of   Edinburgh. 

SECOND     EDITION     ILLUSTRATED. 


This  work  is  the  embodiment  of  the  thorough  and  conscientious  labors  of 

Dr.  Brown  of  Edinburgh,  who  has  won  a  just  celebrity  in  his 

department  of  medicine-    Its  contents  are 

summarized  as  follows: 


Chapter  I.  The  General  Aspect, 

Condition     and     Circumstances     of 
a  Patient.     Preliminary  Inquiries. 

II.  Alimentary  System. 
Objective  —  Subjective  —  Excretory 

Phenomena, 

III.  Examination  of  the 

Abdomen. 
Its  palpitation  and  Percussion. 

IV.  Hi^MoPoiETic  System. 
Lymphatic  Vessels  and  Glands — Ex- 
amination of  the  Blood. 

V.  Circulatory  System. 
Subjective    Phenomena. — Palpation. 

— Percussion. — Auscultaton  of  the 
Heart. — Examination  of  the  Arte- 
ries, Capillaries,  and  Veins. 

VI.  Respiratory  System. 
Subjective  Phenomena.  —  Examina- 


tion of  Nares  and  Larynx.  Pal- 
pation.— Percussion  of  the  Chest. 
— Auscultation . — Respiration. 

VII.  Integumentary  System. 
Subjective  and  Objective  Symptoms 
— Eruptions. 

VIII.  Urinary  System. 
Subjective  Symptoms. — Normal  con- 
stitutents    of   Urine.  —  Abnormal 
Constitutents  of  Urine. — Urinary 
Sediments. 

IX.  Reproductive  System. 
The    Female    Reproductive   Organs 
and    Functions — Physical  Exami- 
nation, 

X.  Nervous  Sysi^em. 
Sensory — Motor — Trophic-  Cerebral 
and    Mental   Functions. —  Condi- 
tion of  Cranium  and  Spine. 

XI.  Locomotor Y  System, 
Bones — Joints — Muscles. 

PRESS  NOTICES. 

'•  A  clearness  and  completeness  which  is  not  to  be  found  in  any  boolf 
of  the  kind  with  which  we  are  a.cquR[n{ed."—Bntis/i  Medical  Jouriiai, 

*  •  The  author  of  this  manual  deserves  the  thanks  of  all  clinical  students 
(and  we  may  add,  of  teachers  also)  for  the  excellent  work  he  has  pro- 
duced."—  The  Lancet. 

"On  voit  que  cet  ouvrage,  qui  J'ailleurs  est  tres  au  courant  de  la 
science,  n'est  pas  une  simple  compilation,  mais  qu'il  renferme  des  parties 
vraiment  origin  ales." — Paiis  Revue  de  Medicine, 

"His  plan  is  not  that  found  in  many  other  works  on  Diagnosis — that 
of  taking  up  leading  symptoms  and  tracing  them  in  various  diseases.  He 
pursues  what  we  may  call  the  anatomical  method,  thus  passing  in  review 
the  whole  body.  This  is  a  natural  and  easy  plan  of  arranging  his  material, 
and  is  quite  as  advantageous  as  any  other." — Phila,  Medical  and  Surgical 
Reporter, 

One  Large  8vo  Vol.,  285  Pages,  Handsomely  Bound,  $2.75. 
E.  B.  TREAT,  Publisher,  5  Cooper  Union,  New  York. 


Favorite    Prescriptions 


OF 


DISTINGDISHED  PRACTITIONERS 


WITH 


ITOTES  OH  THEATMEHT. 

Compiled  from  the   Published  Writings  or   Unpublished   Records  of   Drs. 
Fordyce  Barker,  Roberts   Bartholow,    Samuel  D.  Gross,  Austin  Flint, 
Alonzo  Clark,  Alfred  L.  Loomis,  F.  J.  Bumstea  1.  T.  G.  Thomas, 
H.  C.  Wood.  Wm.  Goodell,  A.  Jacobi.  J.  M.  Fothergill,  N. 
S.  Davis,  J.  Marion-Sims,  Wm.  II.  By  ford,  L.  A.  Duh- 
ring,  E.  O.  Janevvay,  J.  M.  Da  Costa,  J.  Solis  Cohen, 
Meredith  Clymer,  J.  Lewis  Smitli,  W.  H.  Thom- 
son, C.  E.  Brovvn-Sequard,  M.  A.  Pallen, 
Geo.    H.   Fox,   W.    A.  Hammond, 
E.  C.  Spitzka,  etc.,  etc, 

BY 

B.  W.  PALMER,  A.M.,  M.D. 

JVeWy  Enlarged  and  Revised  Edition^  with  Blank  Pages  inter- 
leaved i?i  its  Several  Departments  for  Registe7'tng 
Formulce  worth  Preserving. 


^'  We  believe  that  the  physician  will  find  that  th^s  guide 
will  very  materially  lighten  his  labor  in  searching  lor  the 
most  reliable  agents  in  treatment,  indeed  will  be  an  aid  to  him 
which  he  cannot  well  dispense  with  after  once  possessing  it.'* 
— Medical  Gazette. 


'"'  The  modest  volume  in  hand  contains  a  large  number 
of  good  prescriptions.  It  is  gotten  up  in  dainty  style,  and 
the  publisher  has  done  his  work  well." — St.  Louis  Clin.  Rec. 


In  one  large  Octavo  volume.  256  pages.    Handsomely  bound,  $2.75 
E.  B.  TREAT,  Publisher,  5  Cooper  Union,  New  York, 


NERVOUS    EXHAUSTION 

[Neurasthenia] , 
Its  Hygiene,  Causes,    Symptoms  and  Treatment, 

By  GEORGE   M.    BEARD,  A.M.,  M.D., 

Formerly  Lecturer  on  Nervous  Diseases  in  the  University  of  the  City  of  New 
York  ;  Fellow  of  the  New  York  Academy  of  Medicine,  etc. 

Second  Edition  Revised  and  Enlarged  by  A.  D.  ROCKWELL,  A,IVI.,  M.D., 

Professor  of  Electro-Therapeutics    in  the   New  York  Post-Graduate    Medical 
School  and  Hospital,  P'ellow  of  the  New  York  Academy  of  Medicine,  etc. 


Neurasthenia. — In  spite  of  its  frequency  and  importance,  although  long 
recognized  in  a  vague  way  among  tne  people  and  the  profession  under  such 
terms  as  "general  debility,"  "nervous  prostration,"  *' nervous  debility," 
"nervous  asthenia,"  "  spinal  weakness,"  it  is  beginning  to  find  recognition 
in  the  literature  of  nervous  diseases.  It  is  the  most  frequent,  most  interest- 
ing, and  most  neglected  nervous  disease  of  modern  times. 

Among  specialists  and  general  practitioners  alike,  there  has  been,  on  the 
whole  subject,  a  fearful  and  wondrous  confusion  of  ideas. 

The  present  work  is  the  result  of  the  experience  and  study  of  my  entire 
professional  life  in  the  subject  to  which  it  relates. — (From  Author's  Preface.) 

Neurasthenia  is  now  almost  a  household  word,  and  equally  with  the 
term  malaria,  affords  to  the  profession  a  convenient  refuge  when  perplexed 
at  the  recital  of  a  multitude  of  symptoms  seemingly  without  logical  connection 
or  adequate   cause. 

The  diagnosis  of  neurasthenia,  moreover,  is  often  as  satisfactory  to  the 
patient  as  it  is  easy  to  the  physician,  and  by  no  means  helps  to  reduce  the 
number  who  have  been  duly  certified  to  as  neurasthenic,  and  who  ever  after, 
with  an  air  too  conscious  to  be  concealed,  allude  to  themselves  as  the  victims 
of  nervous  exhaustion.  The  doctrine  to  be  taught  and  strongly  enforced  is 
that  many  of  these  patients  are  not  neurasthenic,  and  under  any  hardly  con- 
ceivable circumstance  could  they  become  neurasthenic.  They  do  not  belong 
to  the  tyep  out  of  which  neurasthenia  is  born,  either  mentally  or  physically. 

Many  of  them  are  unintellectual,  phlegmatic,  and  intolerably  indolent, 
and  are  pleased  at  a  diagnosis  which  touches  the  nerves  rather  than  the 
stomach,  bowels  and  liver.  Instead  of  rest,  quiet  and  soothing  draughts,  they 
need  mental  and  physical  activity,  less  rather  than  more  food,  depletion  rather 
than  repletion. — Froi7i  Editor  s  Preface. 


In  one  large  octavo  vol.,   nearly  300  pages.     Price,  $2.75. 

Uniform  in  style  with  Medical  Classics,  Price  of  the  1 2  Vols., 

E.  B.  TREAT,  Publisher,  5  Cooper  Union,  New  York. 


A  PRACTICAL  TREATISE 

ON 

HEADACHE,  UEURALaiA, 

Sleep  and  its  Derangements, 

AND  SPINAL  IRRITATION. 
By  J.  LEONARD  CORNING,  M.A.,  M.D., 

Consultant  in  Nervous  Diseases  to  St.  Francis  Hospital;  P'ellow  of  the  New 

York  Academy  of  Medicine;  Member  of  the  New  York 

Neurological  Society;  &c. 

AUTHOR   OF 
A  Treatise  on    Hysteria    and  Epilepsy,"  "Local  Anaesthesia,"   "Brain 
Exhaustion,  with  some  Preliminary  Considerations  on  Cerebral  Dy- 
namics," "Carotid  Compression,'^  "Brain  Rtst,  being 
a  Disquisition  on  tlie  Curative  Properties 
of  Prolonged  Sleep,''  etc.,  etc. 

In  this  volume  the  author  has  undertaken  the  difficult  task 
of  explaining  the  nature  and  treatment  of  those  pains  about  the 
head,  which  constitute  such  a  fruitful  source  of  misery.  Dr. 
Corning  is  eminently  qualified  for  the  work,  and  has  long  been 
known  to  the  profession  as  a  brilliant  and  indefatigable  laborer 
in  the  cause  of  practical  neurology.  His  contributions  to  neuro- 
therapeutics  are  among  the  most  practical  and  suggestive 
additions  which  have  been  recorded  during  recent  years.  To 
rare  powers  of  perception  Dr.  Corning  unites,  in  an  eminent 
degree,  the  faculty  of  imparting  knowledge  in  an  entertaining 
manner.  His  style  is  at  once  lucid  and  forcible,  not  the  least 
of  his  charms  being  the  power  to  awaken  thought  as  well  as 
to  impart  information. 

In  all  matters  involving  the  treatment  of  pain  Dr.  Corning 
is  an  acknowledged  authority,  and  the  precepts  which  he 
inculcates  are  alike  worthy  of  the  physiologist  and  the  accom- 
plished physician. 

The  present  treatise  on  "Headache  and  Neuralgia"  is 
replete  with  suggestion  and  useful  matter,  and  no  thoughtful 
physician  can  fail  to  derive  both  inspiration  and  practical 
assistance  from  its  perusal. 

In  one  large  oct.  vol.,  nearly  300  pages.     Price,  $2.75. 

Uniform  in  style  with  Medical  Classics ;    Price  of  the  1 2   Volumes, 

E-  B,  TREAT,  Publisher,  5  Cooper  Union,  New  York. 


BRIGHT^S    DISEASE. 

A  SERIES  OF  POST  GRADUATE  LECTURES. 
By  ROBERT  SAUNDBY,  M.D.,  Edinburgh. 

Fellow  of  the  Royal  College  of  Physicians,  London ;    Emeritus 

Senior  President  of  the  Royal  Medical  Society  ;  Fellow 

of  the  Royal  Medical  Chirurgical  Society,  etc.,  etc. 


ITS  CONTENTS  :  Pathological  Skction  I.  Comprises  :  Album- 
inuria— Pathology  of  Dropsy — of  Polyuria — of  UR/t:MiA — Cordio- 
Vascular,  and  Retinal  Changes.  II.  Clinical  Examinations  and 
Tests  of  the  Urine  in  Health  and  Disease.  III.  Bright's  Disease, 
ITS  History — Classification — Etiology— Anatomy  of  'jhe  Kidney — 
Febrile  Lithemic  and  Obstructive  Nephritis  —  Complications  of 
Chronic  Cases — Treatment  — Fifty  Illustrations. 


These  Lectures  are  specially  designed  for  Practitioners,  and 
are  an  expansion  of  a  Post  Graduate  Course  on  '^ BrigJifs  Disease,'' 
and  coming  from  a  thoroughly  competent  hand  will  be  welcomed 
by  the  medical  profession.  The  author,  by  talent,  position,  study, 
long  experience  and  special  attention  to  Renal  diseases  is  amply 
qualified  to  present  such  a  volume.  The  whole  subject  has  been 
thoroughly  investigated,  the  present  state  of  contemporary  knowl- 
edge on  this  disease  is  clearly  stated,  and  additions  and  suggestions 
which  have  resulted  from  thirteen  years  Clinical  and  Pathological 
study  of  Brii^ht's  Disease  under  the  most  favorable  environments 
have  been  made.  Fifty  illustrations  from  microscopical  prepara- 
tions of  Urinary  and  Renal  diseases  are  given  and  inserted  in 
their  appropriate  places  throughout  the  work.  An  alphabetical  in- 
dex closes  this  valuable  addition  to  the  Medical  Classic  Series. 


In  one  large  octavo  vol.,  nearly  300  pages.     Illustrated.     Price,  $2.75. 
Uniform  in  style  with  Medical  Classics;  Price  of  the  16   Vols.,  % 

E.  B.  TREAT,  Publisher,  5  Cooper  Union,  New  York. 


/ 


HOW  TO  USE  THE  FORCEPS: 

WITH  AN  INTRODUCTORY  ACCOUNT  OF  THE 

FEMALE     PELVIS; 


AND  OF 


THE  MECHANISM  OF  LABOR. 

BY 

HENRY  G.  LANDIS,  AM.,  M.D., 

Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children  in  Starling  Medical 

College,  Columbus,  O. 


This  handy  volume  is  an  eminently  practical  work  and  must  prove 
invaluable  to  the  student,  obstetrician,  and  physicians  generally. 

Twenty  years  ago  it  would  not  have  been  difficult  to  have  found 
many  respectable  physicians  in  full  practice  who  had  never  used  obstet- 
rical forceps,  and  among  that  number  some  who  considered  the  employ- 
ment of  forceps  as  meddlesome  midwifery  of  the  worst  sort.  To-day 
the  best  masters  of  the  art  of  obstetrics  teach  with  great  earnestness 
their  proper  use,  and  our  medical  literature  abounds  with  able  articles 
on  the  subject.  In  this  work  the  subject  is  discussed  from  an  entirely 
new  standpoint,  and  is  endorsed  by  our  best  informed  obstetricians.  It 
is  issued  in  a  handy  volume,  which  is  more  convenient  to  consult,  and 
will  be  found  much  more  full  than  the  section  on  this  subject  in  most  of 
the  text-books. 

It  is  an  eminently  practical  work,  the  subject  is  fully  presented  in 
every  aspect  ;  a  clear  and  forcible  argument  is  made  for  the  proper  use  of 
the  forceps.  The  practitioner  and  student  will,  in  this  well-written 
treatise,  obtain  many  valuable  hints,  more  likely  to  be  treasured  and 
retained  than  those  scattered  throughout  the  elaborate  and  diffuse 
works  on  obstetrics. 

The  New  York  Medical  Record  says  :  **  Prof.  Landis  has  given 
Ufi  a  very  practical,  comprehensive  and  interesting  work  upon  the 
mechanism  of  labor  and  the  use  of  the  forceps.  It  can  be  read  and 
studied  with  profit  by  evciy  general  practitioner." 


One  i2mo  Volume,'  fully  illustrated  with  28  practical  outlines. 
In  extra  cloth  binding.    BMICE,  $1.50. 


E.  B.  TREAT,  Publisher,  5  Cooper  Union,  New  York. 


PHOTOGRAPHIC  ILLUSTRATIONS  OF 

SKIN    DISEASES. 

[Forty-eight  auarto  Plates,  Sixty  Cases  from  Life.] 
By    GEORGE    HENRY    FOX,    A.M.,    M.D., 

Clinical  Lecturer  on  Skin  Diseases,  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  New  York  ? 

Surgeon  to  the  New  York  Dispensary,  Department  of  Skin  and  Venereal  Diseases ; 

Fellow  of  the  American  Academy  of  Medicine ;  Member  of  the  New  York 

Dermatological  Society,  the  American  Dermatological  Association,  etc. 

The  large  experience  and  reputation  of  Dr.  Fox  in  this  department 
eminently  qualify  him  for  the  preparation  of  so  important  a  work. 
As  Surgeon  to  the  Skin  and  Venereal  Department  of  the  New  York 
Dispensary,  where  upward  of  five  thousand  cases  are  treated  annu- 
ally, he  has  had  ample  amount  of  clinical  material  from  which  to 
select  cases.  He  has  had  access  to  and  selected  from  several  thou- 
sand negatives,  taken  from  patients  in  Bellevue  and  Charity  Hos- 
pitals, He  has  also  drawn  from  other  Dispensaries  and  Hospitals 
both  in  New  York  and  Brooklyn,  through  the  kindness  of  physicians 
in  charge. 

The  COLORING  is  a  special  feature  of  the  work,  which  has  been 
entrusted  to  a  skillful  anatomical  artist,  J.  Gaertneu,  M.D.,  for- 
merly a  physician  and  student  under  Hebi^a,  in  the  General  Hospital 
of  Vienna.  These  plates  are  carefully  colored  by  hand  and  more  ac- 
curately represent  disease  than  any  lithographs  or  colored  photo- 
graphs which  have  ever  been  offered  to  the  profession. 


./ 


CONDITIONS. — The  work  is  published  in  Twelve  Parts,  each  part  consisting  cf 
four  plates  printed  from  the  original  phot()grai)hic  negatives,  by  a  new  and  indexible 
process,  on  lino  quality  of  heavy  card-board,  10  x  12  inches,  colored  by  hand,  giving 
in  each  case  the  characteristic  and  life-like  effects  of  the  disease.  Tv;o  pages  of 
text  accompany  each  plate. 

This  work  will  be  sold  only  by  our  duly  authorized  Canvassing  Agente. 

No  Subscriber's  name  will  be  taken  for  less  than  the  entire  work. 

price:,  per  part,  S2. 

Complete,  Half  Koan  Bindiuj,',  $26.75;  in  Half  Turkey  Morocco,  $28. 

»♦« 

NOW  READY.  FHOTOQBAFHIC  ILLUSTEATIOITS  OF 

Cutaneous  syphilis 

By  GEORGE  HENBY  FOX,  A.M.,  M.D. 
48  PlatcH,  Seventy  Cases  from  LifV.    Terms  and  conditious  as  above. 


^i4 


-^r^'juftn 


m\ 


if'i 


'/^Z^-jfi 


.  \  r- 


<.  r'; 


€